/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
- Copyright (C) 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+ 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
+ along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ 02110-1301, USA. */
/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
at the University of Utah. */
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
#include "as.h"
+#include "safe-ctype.h"
#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "dw2gencfi.h"
-#include "../bfd/libhppa.h"
-#include "../bfd/libbfd.h"
+#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
#include "opcode/hppa.h"
-/* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
- not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
+#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
+error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
+#endif
+
+/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
+ records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
+ then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
-/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
-#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME ".stab"
-#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME ".stabstr"
-#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME ".stab"
-#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".hppa_unwind"
-/* Nonzero if CODE is a fixup code needing further processing. */
+#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
+
+/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
+ not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
-typedef elf32_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
+typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
+#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
+ (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
+#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
/* How to generate a relocation. */
-#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_elf_gen_reloc_type
+#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
+#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
+#else
+#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
+#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
+#endif
/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
to store a copyright string. */
#define obj_version obj_elf_version
#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
-/* Use space aliases. */
-#define USE_ALIASES 1
-#endif
+#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
+#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
#define obj_version obj_som_version
#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
-/* Do not use space aliases. */
-#define USE_ALIASES 0
-
/* How to generate a relocation. */
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
+#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
+ (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
+
+/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
+#ifndef R_DLT_REL
+#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
+#endif
+
+#ifndef R_N0SEL
+#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef R_N1SEL
+#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
+#endif
+#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
+
+#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
+#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
+#else
+#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
#endif
/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
unsigned int frame_size:27;
};
+/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
+ place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
+ object files. */
+#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
+ (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
+ | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
+ | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
+ | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
+ | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
+ | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
+ | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
+ | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
+ | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
+ | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
+ | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
+ | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
+ | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
+ | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
+ | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
+
+#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
+ (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
+ | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
+ | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
+
struct unwind_table
{
/* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
SGL and DBL). */
typedef enum
{
- SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD
+ SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
}
fp_operand_format;
}
pa_symbol_type;
-/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
+/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
individual instructions. */
struct pa_it
{
fp_operand_format fpof1;
fp_operand_format fpof2;
+ /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
+ int trunc;
+
/* Holds the field selector for this instruction
(for example L%, LR%, etc). */
long field_selector;
/* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
- long arg_reloc;
+ unsigned int arg_reloc;
/* The format specification for this instruction. */
int format;
/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
-
+--------------+--------------+
| 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
+--------------+--------------+
| 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
+--------------+--------------+
| 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
- +--------------+--------------+
-
-
- The following is a version of pa_parse_number that
- handles the L/R notation and returns the correct
- value to put into the instruction register field.
- The correct value to put into the instruction is
- encoded in the structure 'pa_89_fp_reg_struct'. */
-
-struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct
- {
- /* The register number. */
- char number_part;
-
- /* L/R selector. */
- char l_r_select;
- };
+ +--------------+--------------+ */
/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
struct call_desc
unsigned int arg_count;
};
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
chain. */
struct space_dictionary_chain
{
- /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
+ /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
as a default space. */
unsigned int sd_defined;
typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
-/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
- callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
- label. */
-typedef struct label_symbol_struct
- {
- struct symbol *lss_label;
- sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
- struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
- }
-label_symbol_struct;
-
/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
dictionary entries. */
/* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
char code_only;
+ /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
+ char comdat;
+
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
char common;
/* An index into the default spaces array. */
int def_space_index;
- /* An alias for this section (or NULL if no alias exists). */
- char *alias;
-
/* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
subsegT subsegment;
};
/* Segment associated with this space. */
asection *segment;
-
- /* An alias for this section (or NULL if no alias exists). */
- char *alias;
};
+#endif
+
+/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
+ callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
+ label. */
+typedef struct label_symbol_struct
+ {
+ struct symbol *lss_label;
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ segT lss_segment;
+#endif
+ struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
+ }
+label_symbol_struct;
/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
struct hppa_fix_struct
{
/* The field selector. */
- enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type fx_r_field;
+ enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
/* Type of fixup. */
int fx_r_type;
int fx_r_format;
/* Argument relocation bits. */
- long fx_arg_reloc;
-
- /* The unwind descriptor associated with this fixup. */
- char fx_unwind[8];
+ unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
/* The segment this fixup appears in. */
segT segment;
/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
-static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
-static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
-static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
-static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
-static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
-static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
-static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
-static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
-static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
-static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
-static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
-static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
-static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
-static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
-static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_code PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
-static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
-static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
-static int need_89_opcode PARAMS ((struct pa_it *,
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct *));
-static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct *));
-static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
-static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, char,
- char, char, char,
- asection *, int));
-static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
- char *, char, char,
- char, char, char,
- char, int, int, int,
- int, asection *));
-static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
- char *, char, char, char,
- char, char, char, int,
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
+static void pa_text (int);
+static void pa_data (int);
+static void pa_comm (int);
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+static int exact_log2 (int);
+static void pa_compiler (int);
+static void pa_align (int);
+static void pa_space (int);
+static void pa_spnum (int);
+static void pa_subspace (int);
+static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
int, int, int,
- asection *));
-static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
-static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
-static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
-static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
- subsegT));
-static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
-static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
-static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
-static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, short int, symbolS *,
- long, expressionS *, int,
- bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
- enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type,
- int, long, char *));
-static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
-static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
-static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
-static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
-static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
-static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
-static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
-static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
-static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
-static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
-static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
-static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
+ asection *, int);
+static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
+ char *, int, int,
+ int, int, int, int,
+ int, int, int, int,
+ int, asection *);
+static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
+ char *, int, int, int,
+ int, int, int, int,
+ int, int, int, int,
+ asection *);
+static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
+static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
+static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
+static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
+ subsegT);
+static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
+static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
+static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
+#endif
+
+/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
/* The current space and subspace. */
static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
+#endif
/* Root of the call_info chain. */
static struct call_info *call_info_root;
/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
-/* Relaxation isn't supported for the PA yet. */
-const relax_typeS md_relax_table[] =
-{0};
-
-/* Jumps are always the same size -- one instruction. */
-int md_short_jump_size = 4;
-int md_long_jump_size = 4;
-
/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
-/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
- pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
-const char comment_chars[] = ";";
-
-/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
- are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
- dependent tables? */
-const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
-{
- /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
- not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
- {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
- {"ALIGN", s_align_bytes, 8},
- {"block", pa_block, 1},
- {"BLOCK", pa_block, 1},
- {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
- {"BLOCKZ", pa_block, 0},
- {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
- {"BYTE", pa_cons, 1},
- {"call", pa_call, 0},
- {"CALL", pa_call, 0},
- {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
- {"CALLINFO", pa_callinfo, 0},
- {"code", pa_code, 0},
- {"CODE", pa_code, 0},
- {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
- {"COMM", pa_comm, 0},
- {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
- {"COPYRIGHT", pa_copyright, 0},
- {"data", pa_data, 0},
- {"DATA", pa_data, 0},
- {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
- {"DOUBLE", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
- {"end", pa_end, 0},
- {"END", pa_end, 0},
- {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
- {"ENTER", pa_enter, 0},
- {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
- {"ENTRY", pa_entry, 0},
- {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
- {"EQU", pa_equ, 0},
- {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
- {"EXIT", pa_exit, 0},
- {"export", pa_export, 0},
- {"EXPORT", pa_export, 0},
- {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
- {"FILL", pa_fill, 0},
- {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
- {"FLOAT", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
- {"half", pa_cons, 2},
- {"HALF", pa_cons, 2},
- {"import", pa_import, 0},
- {"IMPORT", pa_import, 0},
- {"int", pa_cons, 4},
- {"INT", pa_cons, 4},
- {"label", pa_label, 0},
- {"LABEL", pa_label, 0},
- {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
- {"LCOMM", pa_lcomm, 0},
- {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
- {"LEAVE", pa_leave, 0},
- {"long", pa_cons, 4},
- {"LONG", pa_cons, 4},
- {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
- {"LSYM", pa_lsym, 0},
- {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
- {"OCTA", pa_cons, 16},
- {"org", pa_origin, 0},
- {"ORG", pa_origin, 0},
- {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
- {"ORIGIN", pa_origin, 0},
- {"param", pa_param, 0},
- {"PARAM", pa_param, 0},
- {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
- {"PROC", pa_proc, 0},
- {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
- {"PROCEND", pa_procend, 0},
- {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
- {"QUAD", pa_cons, 8},
- {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
- {"REG", pa_equ, 1},
- {"short", pa_cons, 2},
- {"SHORT", pa_cons, 2},
- {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
- {"SINGLE", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
- {"space", pa_space, 0},
- {"SPACE", pa_space, 0},
- {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
- {"SPNUM", pa_spnum, 0},
- {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
- {"STRING", pa_stringer, 0},
- {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
- {"STRINGZ", pa_stringer, 1},
- {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
- {"SUBSPA", pa_subspace, 0},
- {"text", pa_text, 0},
- {"TEXT", pa_text, 0},
- {"version", pa_version, 0},
- {"VERSION", pa_version, 0},
- {"word", pa_cons, 4},
- {"WORD", pa_cons, 4},
- {NULL, 0, 0}
-};
+/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
+ followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
+ as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
+const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
#NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
- Also note that '/*' will always start a comment. */
+ Also note that C style comments will always work. */
const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
+/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
+ pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
+const char comment_chars[] = ";";
+
/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
- As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
+ As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
- Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
+ Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
static struct pa_it the_insn;
-/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
+/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
variable. */
static char *expr_end;
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
static int within_procedure;
-/* Handle on strucutre which keep track of the last symbol
+/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
seen in each subspace. */
static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
/* Holds the last field selector. */
static int hppa_field_selector;
+/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
+
+ Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
+ not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
+
+ Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
+ occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
+ by pa_parse_number. */
+static int strict;
+
+/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
+ pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
+ point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
+ The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
+ register has a `r' suffix. */
+#define FP_REG_BASE 64
+#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
+static int pa_number;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
+#endif
/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
static int print_errors = 1;
/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
Each general register has one predefined name of the form
- %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
+ %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
- but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
+ but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
%fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
%r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
%r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
+ %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
%r30 has %sp as a synonym
%r27 has %dp as a synonym
%r2 has %rp as a synonym
Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
- here for brevity.
+ here for brevity.
- The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
+ The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
{
- {"%arg0", 26},
- {"%arg1", 25},
- {"%arg2", 24},
- {"%arg3", 23},
- {"%cr0", 0},
- {"%cr10", 10},
- {"%cr11", 11},
- {"%cr12", 12},
- {"%cr13", 13},
- {"%cr14", 14},
- {"%cr15", 15},
- {"%cr16", 16},
- {"%cr17", 17},
- {"%cr18", 18},
- {"%cr19", 19},
- {"%cr20", 20},
- {"%cr21", 21},
- {"%cr22", 22},
- {"%cr23", 23},
- {"%cr24", 24},
- {"%cr25", 25},
- {"%cr26", 26},
- {"%cr27", 27},
- {"%cr28", 28},
- {"%cr29", 29},
- {"%cr30", 30},
- {"%cr31", 31},
- {"%cr8", 8},
- {"%cr9", 9},
- {"%dp", 27},
- {"%eiem", 15},
- {"%eirr", 23},
- {"%fr0", 0},
- {"%fr0l", 0},
- {"%fr0r", 0},
- {"%fr1", 1},
- {"%fr10", 10},
- {"%fr10l", 10},
- {"%fr10r", 10},
- {"%fr11", 11},
- {"%fr11l", 11},
- {"%fr11r", 11},
- {"%fr12", 12},
- {"%fr12l", 12},
- {"%fr12r", 12},
- {"%fr13", 13},
- {"%fr13l", 13},
- {"%fr13r", 13},
- {"%fr14", 14},
- {"%fr14l", 14},
- {"%fr14r", 14},
- {"%fr15", 15},
- {"%fr15l", 15},
- {"%fr15r", 15},
- {"%fr16", 16},
- {"%fr16l", 16},
- {"%fr16r", 16},
- {"%fr17", 17},
- {"%fr17l", 17},
- {"%fr17r", 17},
- {"%fr18", 18},
- {"%fr18l", 18},
- {"%fr18r", 18},
- {"%fr19", 19},
- {"%fr19l", 19},
- {"%fr19r", 19},
- {"%fr1l", 1},
- {"%fr1r", 1},
- {"%fr2", 2},
- {"%fr20", 20},
- {"%fr20l", 20},
- {"%fr20r", 20},
- {"%fr21", 21},
- {"%fr21l", 21},
- {"%fr21r", 21},
- {"%fr22", 22},
- {"%fr22l", 22},
- {"%fr22r", 22},
- {"%fr23", 23},
- {"%fr23l", 23},
- {"%fr23r", 23},
- {"%fr24", 24},
- {"%fr24l", 24},
- {"%fr24r", 24},
- {"%fr25", 25},
- {"%fr25l", 25},
- {"%fr25r", 25},
- {"%fr26", 26},
- {"%fr26l", 26},
- {"%fr26r", 26},
- {"%fr27", 27},
- {"%fr27l", 27},
- {"%fr27r", 27},
- {"%fr28", 28},
- {"%fr28l", 28},
- {"%fr28r", 28},
- {"%fr29", 29},
- {"%fr29l", 29},
- {"%fr29r", 29},
- {"%fr2l", 2},
- {"%fr2r", 2},
- {"%fr3", 3},
- {"%fr30", 30},
- {"%fr30l", 30},
- {"%fr30r", 30},
- {"%fr31", 31},
- {"%fr31l", 31},
- {"%fr31r", 31},
- {"%fr3l", 3},
- {"%fr3r", 3},
- {"%fr4", 4},
- {"%fr4l", 4},
- {"%fr4r", 4},
- {"%fr5", 5},
- {"%fr5l", 5},
- {"%fr5r", 5},
- {"%fr6", 6},
- {"%fr6l", 6},
- {"%fr6r", 6},
- {"%fr7", 7},
- {"%fr7l", 7},
- {"%fr7r", 7},
- {"%fr8", 8},
- {"%fr8l", 8},
- {"%fr8r", 8},
- {"%fr9", 9},
- {"%fr9l", 9},
- {"%fr9r", 9},
- {"%hta", 25},
- {"%iir", 19},
- {"%ior", 21},
- {"%ipsw", 22},
- {"%isr", 20},
- {"%itmr", 16},
- {"%iva", 14},
- {"%pcoq", 18},
- {"%pcsq", 17},
- {"%pidr1", 8},
- {"%pidr2", 9},
+ {"%arg0", 26},
+ {"%arg1", 25},
+ {"%arg2", 24},
+ {"%arg3", 23},
+ {"%cr0", 0},
+ {"%cr10", 10},
+ {"%cr11", 11},
+ {"%cr12", 12},
+ {"%cr13", 13},
+ {"%cr14", 14},
+ {"%cr15", 15},
+ {"%cr16", 16},
+ {"%cr17", 17},
+ {"%cr18", 18},
+ {"%cr19", 19},
+ {"%cr20", 20},
+ {"%cr21", 21},
+ {"%cr22", 22},
+ {"%cr23", 23},
+ {"%cr24", 24},
+ {"%cr25", 25},
+ {"%cr26", 26},
+ {"%cr27", 27},
+ {"%cr28", 28},
+ {"%cr29", 29},
+ {"%cr30", 30},
+ {"%cr31", 31},
+ {"%cr8", 8},
+ {"%cr9", 9},
+ {"%dp", 27},
+ {"%eiem", 15},
+ {"%eirr", 23},
+ {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
+ {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
+ {"%fret", 4},
+ {"%hta", 25},
+ {"%iir", 19},
+ {"%ior", 21},
+ {"%ipsw", 22},
+ {"%isr", 20},
+ {"%itmr", 16},
+ {"%iva", 14},
+#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
+ {"%mrp", 2},
+#else
+ {"%mrp", 31},
+#endif
+ {"%pcoq", 18},
+ {"%pcsq", 17},
+ {"%pidr1", 8},
+ {"%pidr2", 9},
{"%pidr3", 12},
{"%pidr4", 13},
- {"%ppda", 24},
- {"%r0", 0},
- {"%r1", 1},
- {"%r10", 10},
- {"%r11", 11},
- {"%r12", 12},
- {"%r13", 13},
- {"%r14", 14},
- {"%r15", 15},
- {"%r16", 16},
- {"%r17", 17},
- {"%r18", 18},
- {"%r19", 19},
- {"%r2", 2},
- {"%r20", 20},
- {"%r21", 21},
- {"%r22", 22},
- {"%r23", 23},
- {"%r24", 24},
- {"%r25", 25},
- {"%r26", 26},
- {"%r27", 27},
- {"%r28", 28},
- {"%r29", 29},
- {"%r3", 3},
- {"%r30", 30},
- {"%r31", 31},
- {"%r4", 4},
- {"%r5", 5},
- {"%r6", 6},
- {"%r7", 7},
- {"%r8", 8},
- {"%r9", 9},
- {"%rctr", 0},
- {"%ret0", 28},
- {"%ret1", 29},
- {"%rp", 2},
- {"%sar", 11},
- {"%sp", 30},
- {"%sr0", 0},
- {"%sr1", 1},
- {"%sr2", 2},
- {"%sr3", 3},
- {"%sr4", 4},
- {"%sr5", 5},
- {"%sr6", 6},
- {"%sr7", 7},
- {"%tr0", 24},
- {"%tr1", 25},
- {"%tr2", 26},
- {"%tr3", 27},
- {"%tr4", 28},
- {"%tr5", 29},
- {"%tr6", 30},
- {"%tr7", 31}
+ {"%ppda", 24},
+ {"%r0", 0},
+ {"%r1", 1},
+ {"%r10", 10},
+ {"%r11", 11},
+ {"%r12", 12},
+ {"%r13", 13},
+ {"%r14", 14},
+ {"%r15", 15},
+ {"%r16", 16},
+ {"%r17", 17},
+ {"%r18", 18},
+ {"%r19", 19},
+ {"%r2", 2},
+ {"%r20", 20},
+ {"%r21", 21},
+ {"%r22", 22},
+ {"%r23", 23},
+ {"%r24", 24},
+ {"%r25", 25},
+ {"%r26", 26},
+ {"%r27", 27},
+ {"%r28", 28},
+ {"%r29", 29},
+ {"%r3", 3},
+ {"%r30", 30},
+ {"%r31", 31},
+ {"%r4", 4},
+ {"%r5", 5},
+ {"%r6", 6},
+ {"%r7", 7},
+ {"%r8", 8},
+ {"%r9", 9},
+ {"%rctr", 0},
+ {"%ret0", 28},
+ {"%ret1", 29},
+ {"%rp", 2},
+ {"%sar", 11},
+ {"%sp", 30},
+ {"%sr0", 0},
+ {"%sr1", 1},
+ {"%sr2", 2},
+ {"%sr3", 3},
+ {"%sr4", 4},
+ {"%sr5", 5},
+ {"%sr6", 6},
+ {"%sr7", 7},
+ {"%t1", 22},
+ {"%t2", 21},
+ {"%t3", 20},
+ {"%t4", 19},
+ {"%tf1", 11},
+ {"%tf2", 10},
+ {"%tf3", 9},
+ {"%tf4", 8},
+ {"%tr0", 24},
+ {"%tr1", 25},
+ {"%tr2", 26},
+ {"%tr3", 27},
+ {"%tr4", 28},
+ {"%tr5", 29},
+ {"%tr6", 30},
+ {"%tr7", 31}
};
/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
- so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
+ so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
for < first, we would get a false match. */
static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
{
{"lr", e_lrsel},
{"ls", e_lssel},
{"lt", e_ltsel},
+ {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
+ {"n", e_nsel},
+ {"nl", e_nlsel},
+ {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
{"p", e_psel},
{"r", e_rsel},
{"rd", e_rdsel},
{"rr", e_rrsel},
{"rs", e_rssel},
{"rt", e_rtsel},
+ {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
{"t", e_tsel},
};
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
-#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
+#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
+#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
{
- {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, ".text", SUBSEG_CODE},
- {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, ".data", SUBSEG_DATA},
- {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, ".text", SUBSEG_LIT},
- {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, ".bss", SUBSEG_BSS},
-#ifdef OBJ_ELF
- {"$UNWIND$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 64, 0x2c, 0, 4, 0, 0, ".hppa_unwind", SUBSEG_UNWIND},
-#endif
- {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
+ {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
+ {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
+ {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
+ {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
+ {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
+ {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
};
static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
{
- {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL, ".text"},
- {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL, ".data"},
- {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL, NULL}
+ {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
+ {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
+ {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
};
/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
-/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
- a right or left half of a FP register */
-#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
-#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
-
/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
+ a right or left half of a FP register */
+#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
+#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
main loop after insertion. */
continue; \
}
-/* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
+/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
{ \
if (! IGNORE) \
- as_bad ("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d).", (LOW), (HIGH), \
+ as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
+ (int) (FIELD));\
+ break; \
+ } \
+ }
+
+/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
+ the current file and line number are not valid. */
+
+#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
+ { \
+ if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
+ { \
+ as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
+ _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
+ (int) (FIELD));\
+ break; \
+ } \
+ }
+
+/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
+ IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
+
+#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
+ { \
+ if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
+ { \
+ if (! IGNORE) \
+ as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
(int) (FIELD));\
break; \
} \
#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
- && strcmp((exp).X_op_symbol->bsym->name, "$global$") == 0)
+ && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
- && strcmp((exp).X_op_symbol->bsym->name, "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
+ && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
+
+#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
+ ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
+ && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
+
+#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
+ ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
+ && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
+
+#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
+ ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
+ && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
+
+#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
+ ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
+ && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
+
+#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
+ ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
+ && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
+/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
+ always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
+ need real complex handling yet. */
#define is_complex(exp) \
((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
+/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
+ proc/procend pairs match. */
+
+void
+pa_check_eof (void)
+{
+ if (within_entry_exit)
+ as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
+
+ if (within_procedure)
+ as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
+}
+
/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
static label_symbol_struct *
-pa_get_label ()
+pa_get_label (void)
{
label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
- sd_chain_struct *space_chain = current_space;
for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
label_chain;
label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
- if (space_chain == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
+ {
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
+ return label_chain;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
return label_chain;
+#endif
+ }
return NULL;
}
this function will replace it with the new label. */
void
-pa_define_label (symbol)
- symbolS *symbol;
+pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
{
label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
- sd_chain_struct *space_chain = current_space;
if (label_chain)
label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
else
{
/* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
- label_chain
- = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
+ label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
- label_chain->lss_space = space_chain;
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
+#endif
label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
if (label_symbols_rootp)
label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
+#endif
}
/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
static void
-pa_undefine_label ()
+pa_undefine_label (void)
{
label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
- sd_chain_struct *space_chain = current_space;
for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
label_chain;
label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
{
- if (space_chain == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
+ if (1
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
+#endif
+ )
{
/* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
if (prev_label_chain)
}
}
-
/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
- original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
+ original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
tc_fix_data field. */
static void
-fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
- r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_desc)
- fragS *frag;
- int where;
- short int size;
- symbolS *add_symbol;
- long offset;
- expressionS *exp;
- int pcrel;
- bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
- enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type r_field;
- int r_format;
- long arg_reloc;
- char *unwind_desc;
+fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
+ int where,
+ int size,
+ symbolS *add_symbol,
+ offsetT offset,
+ expressionS *exp,
+ int pcrel,
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
+ enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
+ int r_format,
+ unsigned int arg_reloc,
+ int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
fixS *new_fix;
-
- struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
- obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
+ struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
if (exp != NULL)
new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
- if (unwind_desc)
- {
- bcopy (unwind_desc, hppa_fix->fx_unwind, 8);
-
- /* If necessary call BFD backend function to attach the
- unwind bits to the target dependent parts of a BFD symbol.
- Yuk. */
-#ifdef obj_attach_unwind_info
- obj_attach_unwind_info (add_symbol->bsym, unwind_desc);
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
+ new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
#endif
- }
/* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
- it now so as not to confuse write.c. */
+ it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
if (new_fix->fx_subsy
- && !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$"))
+ && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
+ || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
+ || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
+ || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
+ || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
+ || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
+ || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
}
-/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
- cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
-
-void
-parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
- expressionS *exp;
-{
- hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
- expression (exp);
-}
-
/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
void
-cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
- fragS *frag;
- int where;
- int size;
- expressionS *exp;
+cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
{
unsigned int rel_type;
+ /* Get a base relocation type. */
if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
+ rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
+ rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
+ rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
+ rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
+ rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
+ rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
else if (is_complex (*exp))
rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
else
rel_type = R_HPPA;
if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
- as_warn ("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%.");
+ {
+ as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
+ hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
+ }
fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
(symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
- hppa_field_selector, 32, 0, (char *) 0);
+ hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
/* Reset field selector to its default state. */
hppa_field_selector = 0;
}
-/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
- set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
+/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
-void
-md_begin ()
+static void
+get_expression (char *str)
{
- const char *retval = NULL;
- int lose = 0;
- unsigned int i = 0;
-
- last_call_info = NULL;
- call_info_root = NULL;
+ char *save_in;
+ asection *seg;
- /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
- Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
- if (flagseen['R'])
+ save_in = input_line_pointer;
+ input_line_pointer = str;
+ seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
+ if (!(seg == absolute_section
+ || seg == undefined_section
+ || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
{
- as_warn ("-R option not supported on this target.");
- flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
- flagseen['R'] = 0;
- }
-
- pa_spaces_begin ();
+ as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
+ expr_end = input_line_pointer;
+ input_line_pointer = save_in;
+ return;
+ }
+ expr_end = input_line_pointer;
+ input_line_pointer = save_in;
+}
- op_hash = hash_new ();
+/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
+ completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
- while (i < NUMOPCODES)
+static int
+pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
+{
+ int nullif;
+
+ nullif = 0;
+ if (**s == ',')
{
- const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
- retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
- if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
- {
- as_fatal ("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n", name, retval);
- lose = 1;
- }
- do
+ *s = *s + 1;
+ if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
+ nullif = 1;
+ else
{
- if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
- != pa_opcodes[i].match)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n",
- pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
- lose = 1;
- }
- ++i;
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
+ nullif = 0;
}
- while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
+ *s = *s + 1;
}
- if (lose)
- as_fatal ("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted.");
-
- /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
- anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
- subseg_set (text_section, 0);
-
- dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
- S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
+ return nullif;
}
-/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
-void
-md_assemble (str)
- char *str;
-{
- char *to;
+/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
+ type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
+ emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
- /* The had better be something to assemble. */
- assert (str);
+#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
- /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
- defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
- label was defined after the .PROC directive.
+char *
+md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
+{
+ int prec;
+ LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
+ LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
+ char *t;
- Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
- for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
- into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
- if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
+ switch (type)
{
- label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
-
- if (label_symbol)
- {
- if (label_symbol->lss_label)
- {
- last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
- label_symbol->lss_label->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
-#ifdef OBJ_SOM
- /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
- information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
- if (within_entry_exit)
- {
- char *where = frag_more (0);
- fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
- last_call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
- 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
- (char *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
- }
-#endif
- }
- else
- as_bad ("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)");
- }
- else
- as_bad ("Missing function name for .PROC");
- }
+ case 'f':
+ case 'F':
+ case 's':
+ case 'S':
+ prec = 2;
+ break;
- /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
- pa_ip (str);
+ case 'd':
+ case 'D':
+ case 'r':
+ case 'R':
+ prec = 4;
+ break;
- /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
- to = frag_more (4);
+ case 'x':
+ case 'X':
+ prec = 6;
+ break;
- /* Output the opcode. */
- md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
+ case 'p':
+ case 'P':
+ prec = 6;
+ break;
- /* If necessary output more stuff. */
- if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
- fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
- (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
- the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
- the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, NULL);
+ default:
+ *sizeP = 0;
+ return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
+ }
+ t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
+ if (t)
+ input_line_pointer = t;
+ *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+ for (wordP = words; prec--;)
+ {
+ md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
+ litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+ }
+ return NULL;
}
-/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
- into the global "the_insn" variable. */
+/* Write out big-endian. */
-static void
-pa_ip (str)
- char *str;
+void
+md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
{
- char *error_message = "";
- char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
- const char *args;
- int match = FALSE;
- int comma = 0;
- int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
- unsigned long opcode;
- struct pa_opcode *insn;
-
- /* Skip to something interesting. */
- for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
- ;
-
- switch (*s)
- {
+ number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
+}
- case '\0':
- break;
+/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
+ format. */
- case ',':
- comma = 1;
+arelent **
+tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
+{
+ arelent *reloc;
+ struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
+ static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
+ arelent **relocs;
+ reloc_type **codes;
+ reloc_type code;
+ int n_relocs;
+ int i;
- /*FALLTHROUGH */
+ hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
+ if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
+ return &no_relocs;
- case ' ':
- *s++ = '\0';
- break;
+ assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
+ assert (section != 0);
- default:
- as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
- exit (1);
- }
+ reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
- save_s = str;
+ reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
+ *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
+ codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
+ fixp->fx_r_type,
+ hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
+ hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
+ fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
+ symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
- /* Convert everything into lower case. */
- while (*save_s)
+ if (codes == NULL)
{
- if (isupper (*save_s))
- *save_s = tolower (*save_s);
- save_s++;
+ as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
+ abort ();
}
- /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
- if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
- {
- as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
- return;
- }
+ for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
+ ;
- if (comma)
- {
- *--s = ',';
- }
+ relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
+ reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
+ for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
+ relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
- /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
- start processing them. */
- argstart = s;
- for (;;)
+ relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
{
- /* Do some initialization. */
- opcode = insn->match;
- bzero (&the_insn, sizeof (the_insn));
+ default:
+ assert (n_relocs == 1);
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
+ code = *codes[0];
- /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
- sure that the operands match. */
- for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
+ /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
+ switch (code)
{
- switch (*args)
- {
+ case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
+ case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
+ case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
+ case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
+ case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
+ case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
+ /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
+ relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
+ (static link required). This adjustment is done in
+ bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
- /* End of arguments. */
- case '\0':
- if (*s == '\0')
- match = TRUE;
- break;
+ We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
+ it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
+ it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
+ reloc->addend = 0;
+ break;
- case '+':
- if (*s == '+')
- {
- ++s;
- continue;
- }
- if (*s == '-')
- continue;
- break;
+#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
+ case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
+ case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
+ case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
+ case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
+ case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
+ case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
+ case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
+ reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
+ fixp->fx_offset);
+ break;
+#endif
- /* These must match exactly. */
- case '(':
- case ')':
- case ',':
- case ' ':
- if (*s++ == *args)
- continue;
- break;
+ case R_PARISC_DIR32:
+ /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
+ if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+ code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
+ /* Fall thru */
- /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
- case 'b':
- case '^':
- num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
+ default:
+ reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
+ break;
+ }
- /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
- case 'x':
- num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
+ reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
+ *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
+ reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
+ (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
+ reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
- /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
- case 'y':
- case 't':
- num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
+ break;
+ }
+#else /* OBJ_SOM */
- /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
- case 'T':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
+ /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
+ {
+ code = *codes[i];
- /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
- case '5':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, 0);
- low_sign_unext (num, 5, &num);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
+ relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
+ *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
+ relocs[i]->howto =
+ bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
+ (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
+ relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
- /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
- case 'V':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, 0)
- low_sign_unext (num, 5, &num);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ switch (code)
+ {
+ case R_COMP2:
+ /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
+ of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
+ relocs now and break out of the loop. */
+ assert (i == 1);
+ relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
+ = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+ relocs[0]->howto
+ = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
+ (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
+ relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+ relocs[0]->addend = 0;
+ relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
+ *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
+ relocs[1]->howto
+ = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
+ (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
+ relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+ relocs[1]->addend = 0;
+ relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
+ *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
+ relocs[2]->howto
+ = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
+ (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
+ relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+ relocs[2]->addend = 0;
+ relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
+ = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+ relocs[3]->howto
+ = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
+ (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
+ relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+ relocs[3]->addend = 0;
+ relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
+ = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+ relocs[4]->howto
+ = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
+ (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
+ relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+ relocs[4]->addend = 0;
+ goto done;
+ case R_PCREL_CALL:
+ case R_ABS_CALL:
+ relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
+ break;
- /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
- case 'r':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ case R_DLT_REL:
+ case R_DATA_PLABEL:
+ case R_CODE_PLABEL:
+ /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
+ relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
+ (static link required).
- /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
- case 'R':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
+ FIXME: We always assume no static link!
- /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
- case 's':
- num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
+ We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
+ it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
+ it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
+ relocs[i]->addend = 0;
+ break;
- /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
- case 'S':
- num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
- dis_assemble_3 (num, &num);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
+ case R_N_MODE:
+ case R_S_MODE:
+ case R_D_MODE:
+ case R_R_MODE:
+ case R_FSEL:
+ case R_LSEL:
+ case R_RSEL:
+ case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
+ case R_END_BRTAB:
+ case R_BEGIN_TRY:
+ case R_N0SEL:
+ case R_N1SEL:
+ /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
+ relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
+ *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
+ relocs[i]->addend = 0;
+ break;
- /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
- case 'c':
- {
- int uu = 0;
- int m = 0;
- int i = 0;
- while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
- {
- s++;
- if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
- {
- uu = 1;
- m = 1;
- s++;
- i++;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
- m = 1;
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "s", 1) == 0)
- uu = 1;
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid Indexed Load Completer.");
- s++;
- i++;
- }
- if (i > 2)
- as_bad ("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax.");
- opcode |= m << 5;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
- }
+ case R_END_TRY:
+ case R_ENTRY:
+ case R_EXIT:
+ /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
+ relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
+ *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
+ relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
+ break;
- /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
- case 'C':
- {
- int a = 0;
- int m = 0;
- if (*s == ',')
- {
- s++;
- if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
- {
- a = 0;
- m = 1;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
- {
- a = 1;
- m = 1;
- }
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer.");
- s += 2;
- }
- opcode |= m << 5;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
- }
+ default:
+ relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
+ }
+ }
- /* Handle a stbys completer. */
- case 'Y':
- {
- int a = 0;
- int m = 0;
- int i = 0;
- while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
- {
- s++;
- if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
- m = 1;
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "b", 1) == 0)
- a = 0;
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
- a = 1;
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer");
- s++;
- i++;
- }
- if (i > 2)
- as_bad ("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer");
- opcode |= m << 5;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
- }
+ done:
+#endif
- /* Handle a non-negated compare/stubtract condition. */
- case '<':
- cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
- if (cmpltr < 0)
- {
- as_bad ("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c", *s);
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+ return relocs;
+}
- /* Handle a negated or non-negated compare/subtract condition. */
- case '?':
- save_s = s;
- cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
- if (cmpltr < 0)
- {
- s = save_s;
- cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
- if (cmpltr < 0)
- {
- as_bad ("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition.");
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
- opcode |= 1 << 27;
- }
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
- /* Handle non-negated add condition. */
- case '!':
- cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
- if (cmpltr < 0)
- {
- as_bad ("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c", *s);
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+void
+md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ fragS *fragP)
+{
+ unsigned int address;
- /* Handle a negated or non-negated add condition. */
- case '@':
- save_s = s;
- cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
- if (cmpltr < 0)
- {
- s = save_s;
- cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
- if (cmpltr < 0)
- {
- as_bad ("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition");
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
- opcode |= 1 << 27;
- }
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+ if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
+ {
+ switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
+ know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
+ know (fragP->fr_next);
+ address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
+ if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
+ {
+ fragP->fr_offset =
+ fragP->fr_next->fr_address
+ - fragP->fr_address
+ - fragP->fr_fix;
+ }
+ else
+ fragP->fr_offset = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
- /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
- case 'a':
- cmpltr = 0;
- flag = 0;
- save_s = s;
- if (*s == ',')
- {
- cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 0);
- if (cmpltr < 0)
- {
- flag = 1;
- s = save_s;
- cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 0);
- if (cmpltr < 0)
- {
- as_bad ("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition");
- }
- }
- }
- opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
+/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
- /* Handle a non-negated add condition. */
- case 'd':
- cmpltr = 0;
- nullif = 0;
- flag = 0;
- if (*s == ',')
- {
- s++;
- name = s;
- while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
- s += 1;
- c = *s;
- *s = 0x00;
- if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
- cmpltr = 1;
- else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
- cmpltr = 2;
- else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
- cmpltr = 3;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
- cmpltr = 4;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
- cmpltr = 5;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
- cmpltr = 6;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
- cmpltr = 7;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
- nullif = 1;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 0;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 1;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 3;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 4;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 5;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 6;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 7;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid Add Condition: %s", name);
- *s = c;
- }
- nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
- opcode |= nullif << 1;
- opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
+valueT
+md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
+{
+ int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
+ int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
- /* HANDLE a logical instruction condition. */
- case '&':
- cmpltr = 0;
- flag = 0;
- if (*s == ',')
- {
- s++;
- name = s;
- while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
- s += 1;
- c = *s;
- *s = 0x00;
- if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
- cmpltr = 1;
- else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
- cmpltr = 2;
- else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
- cmpltr = 3;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
- cmpltr = 7;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 0;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 1;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 3;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 7;
- flag = 1;
- }
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.");
- *s = c;
- }
- opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
+ return (size + align2) & ~align2;
+}
- /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
- case 'U':
- cmpltr = 0;
- flag = 0;
- if (*s == ',')
- {
- s++;
- if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 3;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 4;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 6;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 7;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 0;
- flag = 1;
- s += 2;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- flag = 1;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 3;
- flag = 1;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 4;
- flag = 1;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 6;
- flag = 1;
- s += 3;
- }
- else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 7;
- flag = 1;
- s += 3;
- }
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.");
- }
- opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
+/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
- /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
- case '|':
- case '>':
- cmpltr = 0;
- if (*s == ',')
- {
- save_s = s++;
- name = s;
- while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
- s += 1;
- c = *s;
- *s = 0x00;
- if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
- cmpltr = 1;
- else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
- cmpltr = 2;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
- cmpltr = 3;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
- cmpltr = 4;
- else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
- cmpltr = 5;
- else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
- cmpltr = 6;
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
- cmpltr = 7;
- /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
- This includes moving s back to where it started. */
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == '|')
- {
- *s = c;
- s = save_s;
- continue;
- }
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition.");
- *s = c;
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+int
+md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ int size;
- /* Handle bvb and bb conditions. */
- case '~':
- cmpltr = 0;
- if (*s == ',')
- {
- s++;
- if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- s++;
- }
- else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 6;
- s += 2;
- }
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c", *s);
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+ size = 0;
- /* Handle a system control completer. */
- case 'Z':
- if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
- {
- flag = 1;
- s += 2;
- }
- else
- flag = 0;
+ while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
+ size++;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
+ return size;
+}
+\f
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
+const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
+# else
+const char *md_shortopts = "V";
+# endif
+#else
+# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
+const char *md_shortopts = "c";
+# else
+const char *md_shortopts = "";
+# endif
+#endif
- /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
- case 'n':
- nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
+struct option md_longopts[] =
+{
+#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
+ {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
+#endif
+ {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
+};
+size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
- /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
- case 'N':
- nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
+int
+md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ return 0;
- /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
- case 'i':
- the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
- get_expression (s);
- s = expr_end;
- if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
- {
- num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
- low_sign_unext (num, 11, &num);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
- }
- else
- {
- if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
- else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
- else if (is_complex (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
- else
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
- the_insn.format = 11;
- continue;
- }
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ case 'V':
+ print_version_id ();
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
+ case 'c':
+ warn_comment = 1;
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
- /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
- case 'j':
- the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
- get_expression (s);
- s = expr_end;
- if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
- {
- num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
- low_sign_unext (num, 14, &num);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
- }
- else
- {
- if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
- else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
- else if (is_complex (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
- else
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
- the_insn.format = 14;
- continue;
- }
+ return 1;
+}
- /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
- case 'k':
- the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
- get_expression (s);
- s = expr_end;
- if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
- {
- num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
- CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
- dis_assemble_21 (num, &num);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
- }
- else
- {
- if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
- else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
- else if (is_complex (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
- else
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
- the_insn.format = 21;
- continue;
- }
+void
+md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ fprintf (stream, _("\
+ -Q ignored\n"));
+#endif
+#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
+ fprintf (stream, _("\
+ -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
+#endif
+}
+\f
+/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
- /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
- case 'w':
- the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
- get_expression (s);
- s = expr_end;
- the_insn.pcrel = 1;
- if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), "L$0\001"))
- {
- unsigned int w1, w, result;
+symbolS *
+md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
- num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
- if (num % 4)
- {
- as_bad ("Branch to unaligned address");
- break;
- }
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
- sign_unext ((num - 8) >> 2, 12, &result);
- dis_assemble_12 (result, &w1, &w);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, ((w1 << 2) | w), 0);
- }
- else
- {
- if (is_complex (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_COMPLEX_PCREL_CALL;
- else
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
- the_insn.format = 12;
- the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
- bzero (&last_call_desc, sizeof (struct call_desc));
- s = expr_end;
- continue;
- }
+#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
+#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
+ ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
+#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
+ (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
+#else
+#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
+#endif
- /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
- case 'W':
- the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
- get_expression (s);
- s = expr_end;
- the_insn.pcrel = 1;
- if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
- || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
- "L$0\001"))
- {
- unsigned int w2, w1, w, result;
+/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
- num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
- if (num % 4)
- {
- as_bad ("Branch to unaligned address");
- break;
- }
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
+void
+md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ char *fixpos;
+ struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
+ offsetT new_val;
+ int insn, val, fmt;
- if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
- num -= 8;
+ /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
+ never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
+ R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
+ || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
+ || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
+ || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
+ || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
+ return;
+
+ /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
+ fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
+ adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
+ if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
+ {
+ fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
+ || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
+ return;
+#endif
- sign_unext (num >> 2, 17, &result);
- dis_assemble_17 (result, &w1, &w2, &w);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode,
- ((w2 << 2) | (w1 << 16) | w), 0);
- }
- else
- {
- if (is_complex (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_COMPLEX_PCREL_CALL;
- else
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
- the_insn.format = 17;
- the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
- bzero (&last_call_desc, sizeof (struct call_desc));
- continue;
- }
+ if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
+ fixP->fx_done = 1;
- /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
- case 'z':
- the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
- get_expression (s);
- s = expr_end;
- the_insn.pcrel = 0;
- if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
- || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
- "L$0\001"))
- {
- unsigned int w2, w1, w, result;
+ /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
+ hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
+ if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
+ {
+ as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+ _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
+ fixP->fx_r_type);
+ return;
+ }
- num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
- if (num % 4)
- {
- as_bad ("Branch to unaligned address");
- break;
- }
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
+ fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
- if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
- num -= 8;
+ if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
+ {
+ /* Handle constant output. */
+ number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
+ return;
+ }
- sign_unext (num >> 2, 17, &result);
- dis_assemble_17 (result, &w1, &w2, &w);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode,
- ((w2 << 2) | (w1 << 16) | w), 0);
- }
- else
- {
- if (is_complex (the_insn.exp))
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_COMPLEX_ABS_CALL;
- else
- the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
- the_insn.format = 17;
- continue;
- }
+ insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
+ fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
- /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
- case 'p':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
-
- /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
- case 'P':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
+ /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
+ which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
+ In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
+ will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
+ if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
+ || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ && fmt != 32
+#endif
+ )
+ new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
+ else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
+ || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
+ || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
+ || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
+ || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
+ || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
+ new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
+#endif
+ else
+ new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
+
+ /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
+ if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
+ && fixP->fx_addsy
+ && fixP->fx_pcrel
+ && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
+ hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
+ || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
+ || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
+ || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
+#endif
+ && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
+ && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
+ && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
+ && !(fixP->fx_subsy
+ && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
+ {
+ new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
+ }
- /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
- case 'Q':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
+ switch (fmt)
+ {
+ case 10:
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+ val = new_val;
- /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
- case 'A':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 4095, -4096, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
+ | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
+ break;
+ case -11:
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+ val = new_val;
- /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
- case 'D':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 671108864, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 1);
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
+ | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
+ break;
+ /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
+ case 14:
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+ val = new_val;
- /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
- case 'f':
- if (*s++ != ',')
- as_bad ("Invalid SFU identifier");
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
+ insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
+ break;
- /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
- case 'O':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, 0);
- num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
+ case 21:
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+ val = new_val;
- /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
- case 'o':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
+ break;
- /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
- case '0':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, 0);
- num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
+ case 11:
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+ val = new_val;
- /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
- case '1':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, 0);
- num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
+ break;
- /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
- case 'u':
- if (*s++ != ',')
- as_bad ("Invalid COPR identifier");
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 0);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
+ /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
+ case 12:
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+ val = new_val - 8;
- /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
- case '2':
- num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
- s = expr_end;
- CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, 0);
- num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
+ break;
- /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
- case 'F':
- flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
- the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
+ /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
+ case 17:
+ {
+ offsetT distance = * valP;
- /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
- case 'G':
- /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
- s--;
- flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
- the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
+ /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
+ range target, then we want to complain. */
+ if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
+ && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
- /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
- case 'M':
- cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+ val = new_val - 8;
- /* Handle L/R register halves like 't'. */
- case 'v':
- {
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct result;
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
+ break;
+ }
- pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
- CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
- opcode |= result.number_part;
+ case 22:
+ {
+ offsetT distance = * valP;
- /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
- and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
- is not necessary for loads/stores. */
- if (need_89_opcode (&the_insn, &result)
- && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
- opcode |= 1 << 27;
+ /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
+ range target, then we want to complain. */
+ if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
+ && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.l_r_select & 1, 6);
- }
+ CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
+ fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+ val = new_val - 8;
- /* Handle L/R register halves like 'b'. */
- case 'E':
- {
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct result;
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
+ break;
+ }
- pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
- CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
- opcode |= result.number_part << 21;
- if (need_89_opcode (&the_insn, &result))
- {
- opcode |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 7;
- opcode |= 1 << 27;
- }
- continue;
- }
+ case -10:
+ val = new_val;
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
+ break;
- /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
- case 'X':
- {
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct result;
+ case -16:
+ val = new_val;
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
+ break;
- pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
- CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
- opcode |= (result.number_part & 0x1f) << 16;
- if (need_89_opcode (&the_insn, &result))
- {
- opcode |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 12;
- opcode |= 1 << 27;
- }
- continue;
- }
+ case 16:
+ val = new_val;
+ insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
+ break;
- /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10. */
- case '4':
- {
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct result;
-
- pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
- CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
- if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
- {
- result.number_part &= 0xF;
- result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 21);
- }
+ case 32:
+ insn = new_val;
+ break;
- /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
- case '6':
- {
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct result;
+ default:
+ as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+ _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
+ return;
+ }
- pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
- CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
- if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
- {
- result.number_part &= 0xF;
- result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 16);
- }
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
+ {
+ case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
+ case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
+ case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
+ case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
+ case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
+ case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
+ case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
+ case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
+ if (fixP->fx_addsy)
+ S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
- /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
- case '7':
- {
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct result;
+ /* Insert the relocation. */
+ bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
+}
- pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
- CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
- if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
- {
- result.number_part &= 0xF;
- result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 0);
- }
+/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
+ On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
- /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 20. */
- case '8':
- {
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct result;
+long
+md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
+{
+ return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
+}
- pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
- CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
- if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
- {
- result.number_part &= 0xF;
- result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 11);
- }
+/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
+ a statement. */
- /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 25. */
- case '9':
- {
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct result;
+static int
+is_end_of_statement (void)
+{
+ return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+ || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
+ || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
+}
- pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
- CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
- if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
- {
- result.number_part &= 0xF;
- result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
- }
- INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 6);
- }
+#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
- /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
- Only allows single and double precision. */
- case 'H':
- flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
- switch (flag)
- {
- case SGL:
- opcode |= 0x20;
- case DBL:
- the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
- continue;
+/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
+ the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
- case QUAD:
- case ILLEGAL_FMT:
- default:
- as_bad ("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format.");
- }
- break;
+static int
+reg_name_search (char *name)
+{
+ int middle, low, high;
+ int cmp;
- default:
- abort ();
- }
- break;
- }
+ low = 0;
+ high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
- /* Check if the args matched. */
- if (match == FALSE)
- {
- if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < NUMOPCODES
- && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
- {
- ++insn;
- s = argstart;
- continue;
- }
- else
- {
- as_bad ("Invalid operands %s", error_message);
- return;
- }
- }
- break;
+ do
+ {
+ middle = (low + high) / 2;
+ cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
+ if (cmp < 0)
+ high = middle - 1;
+ else if (cmp > 0)
+ low = middle + 1;
+ else
+ return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
}
+ while (low <= high);
- the_insn.opcode = opcode;
+ return -1;
}
-/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
- type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
- emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
+/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
+ the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
+ a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
-#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
+ Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
+ register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
+ returned in `pa_number'.
-char *
-md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
- char type;
- char *litP;
- int *sizeP;
+ IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
+ parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
+ not set.
+
+ pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
+ horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
+
+static int
+pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
{
- int prec;
- LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
- LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
- char *t;
+ int num;
+ char *name;
+ char c;
+ symbolS *sym;
+ int status;
+ char *p = *s;
+ bfd_boolean have_prefix;
- switch (type)
- {
+ /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
+ while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
+ p = p + 1;
- case 'f':
- case 'F':
- case 's':
- case 'S':
- prec = 2;
- break;
+ pa_number = -1;
+ have_prefix = 0;
+ num = 0;
+ if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
+ {
+ /* Looks like a number. */
- case 'd':
- case 'D':
- case 'r':
- case 'R':
- prec = 4;
- break;
-
- case 'x':
- case 'X':
- prec = 6;
- break;
+ if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
+ {
+ /* The number is specified in hex. */
+ p += 2;
+ while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
+ || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
+ {
+ if (ISDIGIT (*p))
+ num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
+ else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
+ num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
+ else
+ num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
+ ++p;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The number is specified in decimal. */
+ while (ISDIGIT (*p))
+ {
+ num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
+ ++p;
+ }
+ }
- case 'p':
- case 'P':
- prec = 6;
- break;
+ pa_number = num;
- default:
- *sizeP = 0;
- return "Bad call to MD_ATOF()";
+ /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
+ if (is_float)
+ {
+ pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
+ if (! (is_float & 2))
+ {
+ if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
+ {
+ pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
+ ++p;
+ }
+ else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
+ {
+ ++p;
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
- t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
- if (t)
- input_line_pointer = t;
- *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
- for (wordP = words; prec--;)
+ else if (*p == '%')
{
- md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
- litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+ /* The number might be a predefined register. */
+ have_prefix = 1;
+ name = p;
+ p++;
+ c = *p;
+ /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
+ code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
+ slow. */
+ if (c == 'r')
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
+ && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
+ {
+ p += 2;
+ num = *p - '0' + 28;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else if (*p == 'p')
+ {
+ num = 2;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
+ num = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ do
+ num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
+ while (ISDIGIT (*p));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Do a normal register search. */
+ while (is_part_of_name (c))
+ {
+ p = p + 1;
+ c = *p;
+ }
+ *p = 0;
+ status = reg_name_search (name);
+ if (status >= 0)
+ num = status;
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
+ num = -1;
+ }
+ *p = c;
+ }
+
+ pa_number = num;
}
- return NULL;
-}
+ else
+ {
+ /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
+ is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
+ name = p;
+ c = *p;
+ while (is_part_of_name (c))
+ {
+ p = p + 1;
+ c = *p;
+ }
+ *p = 0;
+ if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
+ {
+ num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
+ /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
+ register, so... */
+ have_prefix = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
+ num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
+ else if (!strict)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
+ num = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!strict)
+ {
+ /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
+ or for an empty string. For an empty string we
+ will return zero. That's a concession made for
+ compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
+ if (*name == 0)
+ num = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
+ num = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ *p = c;
-/* Write out big-endian. */
+ pa_number = num;
+ }
-void
-md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
- char *buf;
- valueT val;
- int n;
-{
- number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
+ if (!strict || have_prefix)
+ {
+ *s = p;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
- format. */
+/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
+ a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
-arelent **
-tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
- asection *section;
- fixS *fixp;
+static int
+need_pa11_opcode (void)
{
- arelent *reloc;
- struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
- bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
- static int unwind_reloc_fixp_cnt = 0;
- static arelent *unwind_reloc_entryP = NULL;
- static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
- arelent **relocs;
- bfd_reloc_code_real_type **codes;
- int n_relocs;
- int i;
-
- hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
- if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
- return &no_relocs;
- assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
- assert (section != 0);
-
-#ifdef OBJ_ELF
- /* Yuk. I would really like to push all this ELF specific unwind
- crud into BFD and the linker. That's how SOM does it -- and
- if we could make ELF emulate that then we could share more code
- in GAS (and potentially a gnu-linker later).
-
- Unwind section relocations are handled in a special way.
- The relocations for the .unwind section are originally
- built in the usual way. That is, for each unwind table
- entry there are two relocations: one for the beginning of
- the function and one for the end.
-
- The first time we enter this function we create a
- relocation of the type R_HPPA_UNWIND_ENTRIES. The addend
- of the relocation is initialized to 0. Each additional
- pair of times this function is called for the unwind
- section represents an additional unwind table entry. Thus,
- the addend of the relocation should end up to be the number
- of unwind table entries. */
- if (strcmp (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, section->name) == 0)
+ if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
+ && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
{
- if (unwind_reloc_entryP == NULL)
- {
- reloc = (arelent *) bfd_alloc_by_size_t (stdoutput,
- sizeof (arelent));
- assert (reloc != 0);
- unwind_reloc_entryP = reloc;
- unwind_reloc_fixp_cnt++;
- unwind_reloc_entryP->address
- = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
- /* A pointer to any function will do. We only
- need one to tell us what section the unwind
- relocations are for. */
- unwind_reloc_entryP->sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_addsy->bsym;
- hppa_fixp->fx_r_type = code = R_HPPA_UNWIND_ENTRIES;
- fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_UNWIND;
- unwind_reloc_entryP->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
- unwind_reloc_entryP->addend = unwind_reloc_fixp_cnt / 2;
- relocs = (arelent **) bfd_alloc_by_size_t (stdoutput,
- sizeof (arelent *) * 2);
- assert (relocs != 0);
- relocs[0] = unwind_reloc_entryP;
- relocs[1] = NULL;
- return relocs;
- }
- unwind_reloc_fixp_cnt++;
- unwind_reloc_entryP->addend = unwind_reloc_fixp_cnt / 2;
-
- return &no_relocs;
+ /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
+ then set a new architecture. */
+ if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
+ {
+ if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
+ as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
+ }
+ return TRUE;
}
-#endif
-
- reloc = (arelent *) bfd_alloc_by_size_t (stdoutput, sizeof (arelent));
- assert (reloc != 0);
-
- reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_addsy->bsym;
- codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
- fixp->fx_r_type,
- hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
- hppa_fixp->fx_r_field);
-
- for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
- ;
-
- relocs = (arelent **)
- bfd_alloc_by_size_t (stdoutput, sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
- assert (relocs != 0);
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
- reloc = (arelent *) bfd_alloc_by_size_t (stdoutput,
- sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
- if (n_relocs > 0)
- assert (reloc != 0);
+/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
+ code associated with the condition. */
- for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
- relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
+static int
+pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
+{
+ int cond, i;
- relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
+ cond = 0;
-#ifdef OBJ_ELF
- switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
{
- case R_HPPA_COMPLEX:
- case R_HPPA_COMPLEX_PCREL_CALL:
- case R_HPPA_COMPLEX_ABS_CALL:
- assert (n_relocs == 5);
-
- for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
+ if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
+ strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
{
- reloc[i].sym_ptr_ptr = NULL;
- reloc[i].address = 0;
- reloc[i].addend = 0;
- reloc[i].howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, *codes[i]);
- assert (reloc[i].howto && *codes[i] == reloc[i].howto->type);
+ cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
+ *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
+ /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
+ report an error. */
+ if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ {
+ *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
+ break;
+ }
+ while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
+ *s = *s + 1;
+ return cond;
}
+ }
- reloc[0].sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_addsy->bsym;
- reloc[1].sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_subsy->bsym;
- reloc[4].address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+ as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
- if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_COMPLEX)
- reloc[3].addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
- else if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_COMPLEX_PCREL_CALL ||
- fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_COMPLEX_ABS_CALL)
- reloc[1].addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
+ /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
+ while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ *s += 1;
- break;
+ return 0;
+}
- default:
- assert (n_relocs == 1);
+/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
- code = *codes[0];
+static int
+pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
+{
+ int value;
- reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_addsy->bsym;
- reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
- reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
- reloc->addend = 0; /* default */
+ value = 0;
+ if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ value = 5;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ value = 9;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ value = 13;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ value = 17;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ value = 1;
+ *s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ value = 6;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ value = 2;
+ *s += 3;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ value = 0;
+ as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
+ }
- assert (reloc->howto && code == reloc->howto->type);
+ return value;
+}
- /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
- switch (code)
- {
- case R_HPPA_PLABEL_32:
- case R_HPPA_PLABEL_11:
- case R_HPPA_PLABEL_14:
- case R_HPPA_PLABEL_L21:
- case R_HPPA_PLABEL_R11:
- case R_HPPA_PLABEL_R14:
- /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
- relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
- (static link required).
+/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
+ type. */
- FIXME: We always assume no static link! */
- reloc->addend = 0;
- break;
+static fp_operand_format
+pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
+{
+ int format;
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_11:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_14:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_17:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_L21:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_R11:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_R14:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_R17:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_LS21:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_RS11:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_RS14:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_RS17:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_LD21:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_RD11:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_RD14:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_RD17:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_LR21:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_RR14:
- case R_HPPA_ABS_CALL_RR17:
-
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_11:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_14:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_17:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_L21:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_R11:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_R14:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_R17:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_LS21:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_RS11:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_RS14:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_RS17:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_LD21:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_RD11:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_RD14:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_RD17:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_LR21:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_RR14:
- case R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL_RR17:
- /* The constant is stored in the instruction. */
- reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
- break;
- default:
- reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
- break;
- }
- break;
- }
-#else /* OBJ_SOM */
-
- /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
- for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
+ format = SGL;
+ if (**s == ',')
{
- code = *codes[i];
-
- relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_addsy->bsym;
- relocs[i]->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
- relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
-
- switch (code)
+ *s += 1;
+ if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
{
- case R_PCREL_CALL:
- case R_ABS_CALL:
- relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
- break;
-
- case R_DATA_PLABEL:
- case R_CODE_PLABEL:
- /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
- relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
- (static link required).
-
- FIXME: We always assume no static link! */
- relocs[i]->addend = 0;
- break;
-
- case R_N_MODE:
- case R_S_MODE:
- case R_D_MODE:
- case R_R_MODE:
- case R_EXIT:
- case R_FSEL:
- case R_LSEL:
- case R_RSEL:
- /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
- relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = &dummy_symbol->bsym;
- relocs[i]->addend = 0;
- break;
-
- default:
- relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
- break;
+ format = SGL;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ format = DBL;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ format = QUAD;
+ *s += 5;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
+ {
+ format = W;
+ *s += 2;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ format = UW;
+ *s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ format = DW;
+ *s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ format = UDW;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ format = QW;
+ *s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ format = UQW;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
+ as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
}
}
-#endif
- return relocs;
+ return format;
}
-/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
+/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
+ type. */
-void
-md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
- register bfd *abfd;
- register asection *sec;
- register fragS *fragP;
+static fp_operand_format
+pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
{
- unsigned int address;
+ int format;
- if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
+ format = SGL;
+ if (**s == ',')
{
- switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
+ *s += 1;
+ if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
{
- case 0:
- fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
- know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
- know (fragP->fr_next);
- address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
- if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
- {
- fragP->fr_offset =
- fragP->fr_next->fr_address
- - fragP->fr_address
- - fragP->fr_fix;
- }
- else
- fragP->fr_offset = 0;
- break;
+ format = SGL;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ format = DBL;
+ *s += 4;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ format = QUAD;
+ *s += 5;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
+ as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
}
}
-}
-
-/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
-
-valueT
-md_section_align (segment, size)
- asection *segment;
- valueT size;
-{
- int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
- int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
- return (size + align2) & ~align2;
-}
-
-/* Create a short jump from FROM_ADDR to TO_ADDR. Not used on the PA. */
-void
-md_create_short_jump (ptr, from_addr, to_addr, frag, to_symbol)
- char *ptr;
- addressT from_addr, to_addr;
- fragS *frag;
- symbolS *to_symbol;
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "pa_create_short_jmp\n");
- abort ();
+ return format;
}
-/* Create a long jump from FROM_ADDR to TO_ADDR. Not used on the PA. */
-void
-md_create_long_jump (ptr, from_addr, to_addr, frag, to_symbol)
- char *ptr;
- addressT from_addr, to_addr;
- fragS *frag;
- symbolS *to_symbol;
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "pa_create_long_jump\n");
- abort ();
-}
+/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
-/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
-int
-md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
- register fragS *fragP;
- asection *segment;
+static int
+pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
{
- int size;
-
- size = 0;
+ int middle, low, high;
+ int cmp;
+ char name[4];
- while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
- size++;
+ /* Read past any whitespace. */
+ /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
+ while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
+ *str = *str + 1;
- return size;
-}
+ if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
+ name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
+ name[1] = 0;
+ else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
+ name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
+ name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
+ name[2] = 0;
+ else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
+ name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
+ name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
+ name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
+ name[3] = 0;
+ else
+ return e_fsel;
-/* Parse machine dependent options. There are none on the PA. */
-int
-md_parse_option (argP, cntP, vecP)
- char **argP;
- int *cntP;
- char ***vecP;
-{
- return 1;
-}
+ low = 0;
+ high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
-/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
+ do
+ {
+ middle = (low + high) / 2;
+ cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
+ if (cmp < 0)
+ high = middle - 1;
+ else if (cmp > 0)
+ low = middle + 1;
+ else
+ {
+ *str += strlen (name) + 1;
+#ifndef OBJ_SOM
+ if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
+ return e_fsel;
+#endif
+ return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
+ }
+ }
+ while (low <= high);
-symbolS *
-md_undefined_symbol (name)
- char *name;
-{
- return 0;
+ return e_fsel;
}
-/* Parse an operand that is machine-specific.
- We just return without modifying the expression as we have nothing
- to do on the PA. */
+/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
+ cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
void
-md_operand (expressionP)
- expressionS *expressionP;
+parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
{
+ hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
+ expression (exp);
}
-/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
-
-int
-md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
- fixS *fixP;
- valueT *valp;
+/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
+ the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
+static int
+evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
{
- char *buf = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal;
- struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
- long new_val, result;
- unsigned int w1, w2, w;
- valueT val = *valp;
-
- hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
- /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
- never be "applied" (they are just markers). */
-#ifdef OBJ_SOM
- if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
- || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT)
- return 1;
-#endif
-
- /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
- with the GAS fixup. */
- if (hppa_fixP)
- {
- unsigned long buf_wd = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
- unsigned char fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (buf_wd);
-
- if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_NONE)
- fmt = 0;
-
- /* Remember this value for emit_reloc. FIXME, is this braindamage
- documented anywhere!?! */
- fixP->fx_addnumber = val;
-
- /* Check if this is an undefined symbol. No relocation can
- possibly be performed in this case.
-
- Also avoid doing anything for pc-relative fixups in which the
- fixup is in a different space than the symbol it references. */
- if ((fixP->fx_addsy && fixP->fx_addsy->bsym->section == &bfd_und_section)
- || (fixP->fx_subsy
- && fixP->fx_subsy->bsym->section == &bfd_und_section)
- || (fixP->fx_pcrel
- && fixP->fx_addsy
- && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != hppa_fixP->segment)
- || (fixP->fx_pcrel
- && fixP->fx_subsy
- && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
- return 1;
-
- /* PLABEL field selectors should not be passed to hppa_field_adjust. */
- if (fmt != 0 && hppa_fixP->fx_r_field != R_HPPA_PSEL
- && hppa_fixP->fx_r_field != R_HPPA_LPSEL
- && hppa_fixP->fx_r_field != R_HPPA_RPSEL
- && hppa_fixP->fx_r_field != R_HPPA_TSEL
- && hppa_fixP->fx_r_field != R_HPPA_LTSEL
- && hppa_fixP->fx_r_field != R_HPPA_RTSEL)
- new_val = hppa_field_adjust (val, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
- else
- new_val = 0;
-
- switch (fmt)
- {
- /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
- case 14:
- CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
-
- /* Mask off 14 bits to be changed. */
- bfd_put_32 (stdoutput,
- bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf) & 0xffffc000,
- buf);
- low_sign_unext (new_val, 14, &result);
- break;
-
- /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
- case 21:
- CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 2097152, 0, 0);
+ offsetT value;
+ expressionS exp;
+ int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
- /* Mask off 21 bits to be changed. */
- bfd_put_32 (stdoutput,
- bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf) & 0xffe00000,
- buf);
- dis_assemble_21 (new_val, &result);
- break;
+ exp = insn->exp;
+ value = exp.X_add_number;
- /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
- case 11:
- CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1023, -1023, 0);
+ return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
+}
- /* Mask off 11 bits to be changed. */
- bfd_put_32 (stdoutput,
- bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf) & 0xffff800,
- buf);
- low_sign_unext (new_val, 11, &result);
- break;
+/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
- /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
- case 12:
- CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0)
+static int
+pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
+{
+ char *save_in;
- /* Mask off 11 bits to be changed. */
- sign_unext ((new_val - 8) >> 2, 12, &result);
- bfd_put_32 (stdoutput,
- bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf) & 0xffffe002,
- buf);
+ insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
+ save_in = input_line_pointer;
+ input_line_pointer = *strp;
+ expression (&insn->exp);
+ /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
- dis_assemble_12 (result, &w1, &w);
- result = ((w1 << 2) | w);
- break;
+ The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
+ this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
+ r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
- /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
- case 17:
-
-#define stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
- ((CALLEE) && (CALLER) && ((CALLEE) != (CALLER)))
- /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a
- relocation entry if they're going to need either a argument
- relocation or long call stub. FIXME. Can't we need the same
- for absolute calls? */
- if (fixP->fx_addsy
- && (stub_needed (((obj_symbol_type *)
- fixP->fx_addsy->bsym)->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc,
- hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)))
- return 1;
-#undef stub_needed
-
- CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 262143, -262144, 0);
-
- /* Mask off 17 bits to be changed. */
- bfd_put_32 (stdoutput,
- bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf) & 0xffe0e002,
- buf);
- sign_unext ((new_val - 8) >> 2, 17, &result);
- dis_assemble_17 (result, &w1, &w2, &w);
- result = ((w2 << 2) | (w1 << 16) | w);
- break;
+ If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
+ again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
+ if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
+ {
+ char *s, c;
+ int retval;
- case 32:
-#ifdef OBJ_ELF
- /* These are ELF specific relocations. ELF unfortunately
- handles unwinds in a completely different manner. */
- if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_UNWIND_ENTRY
- || hppa_fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_UNWIND_ENTRIES)
- result = fixP->fx_addnumber;
- else
-#endif
- {
- result = 0;
- fixP->fx_addnumber = fixP->fx_offset;
- /* If we have a real relocation, then we want zero to
- be stored in the object file. If no relocation is going
- to be emitted, then we need to store new_val into the
- object file. */
- if (fixP->fx_addsy)
- bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, 0, buf);
- else
- bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, new_val, buf);
- return 1;
- }
- break;
+ input_line_pointer = *strp;
+ s = *strp;
+ while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
+ s++;
- case 0:
- return 1;
+ c = *s;
+ *s = 0;
- default:
- as_bad ("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix.");
- return 1;
- }
+ retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
- /* Insert the relocation. */
- bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf) | result, buf);
- return 1;
+ input_line_pointer = save_in;
+ *s = c;
+ return evaluate_absolute (insn);
}
- else
+ /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
+ and return to our caller. */
+ if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
+ {
+ expr_end = input_line_pointer;
+ input_line_pointer = save_in;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
{
- printf ("no hppa_fixup entry for this fixup (fixP = 0x%x, type = 0x%x)\n",
- (unsigned int) fixP, fixP->fx_r_type);
+ as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
+ expr_end = input_line_pointer;
+ input_line_pointer = save_in;
return 0;
}
+ expr_end = input_line_pointer;
+ input_line_pointer = save_in;
+ return evaluate_absolute (insn);
}
-/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
- On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
+/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
+ argument location number. */
-long
-md_pcrel_from (fixP)
- fixS *fixP;
+static unsigned int
+pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
{
- return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
-}
-/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
- a statement. */
+ if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
+ return 2;
+ else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
+ return 3;
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
-static int
-is_end_of_statement ()
-{
- return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
- || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
- || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
+ return 0;
}
-/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
- the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
- a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
+/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
+ the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
+
+static unsigned int
+pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
+{
+ unsigned int new_reloc;
- Return a number or -1 for failure.
+ new_reloc = arg_reloc;
+ switch (reg)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ new_reloc <<= 8;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ new_reloc <<= 6;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ new_reloc <<= 4;
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ new_reloc <<= 2;
+ break;
+ default:
+ as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
+ }
- When parsing PA-89 FP register numbers RESULT will be
- the address of a structure to return information about
- L/R half of FP registers, store results there as appropriate.
+ return new_reloc;
+}
- pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
- horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
+/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
+ number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
static int
-pa_parse_number (s, result)
- char **s;
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct *result;
+pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
{
- int num;
- char *name;
+ int cmpltr;
+ char *name = *s + 1;
char c;
- symbolS *sym;
- int status;
- char *p = *s;
-
- /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
- while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
- p = p + 1;
-
- /* Store info in RESULT if requested by caller. */
- if (result)
- {
- result->number_part = -1;
- result->l_r_select = -1;
- }
- num = -1;
+ char *save_s = *s;
+ int nullify = 0;
- if (isdigit (*p))
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (**s == ',')
{
- /* Looks like a number. */
- num = 0;
+ *s += 1;
+ while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ *s += 1;
+ c = **s;
+ **s = 0x00;
- if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
+ if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
{
- /* The number is specified in hex. */
- p += 2;
- while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
- || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
- {
- if (isdigit (*p))
- num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
- else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
- num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
- else
- num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
- ++p;
- }
+ cmpltr = 1;
}
- else
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
{
- /* The number is specified in decimal. */
- while (isdigit (*p))
- {
- num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
- ++p;
- }
+ cmpltr = 2;
}
-
- /* Store info in RESULT if requested by the caller. */
- if (result)
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
{
- result->number_part = num;
-
- if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
- {
- result->l_r_select = 1;
- ++p;
- }
- else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
- {
- result->l_r_select = 0;
- ++p;
- }
- else
- result->l_r_select = 0;
+ cmpltr = 3;
}
- }
- else if (*p == '%')
- {
- /* The number might be a predefined register. */
- num = 0;
- name = p;
- p++;
- c = *p;
- /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
- code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
- slow. */
- if (c == 'r')
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
{
- p++;
- if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
- && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
- {
- p += 2;
- num = *p - '0' + 28;
- p++;
- }
- else if (*p == 'p')
- {
- num = 2;
- p++;
- }
- else if (!isdigit (*p))
- {
- if (print_errors)
- as_bad ("Undefined register: '%s'.", name);
- num = -1;
- }
- else
- {
- do
- num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
- while (isdigit (*p));
- }
+ cmpltr = 4;
}
- else
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
{
- /* Do a normal register search. */
- while (is_part_of_name (c))
- {
- p = p + 1;
- c = *p;
- }
- *p = 0;
- status = reg_name_search (name);
- if (status >= 0)
- num = status;
- else
- {
- if (print_errors)
- as_bad ("Undefined register: '%s'.", name);
- num = -1;
- }
- *p = c;
+ cmpltr = 5;
}
-
- /* Store info in RESULT if requested by caller. */
- if (result)
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
{
- result->number_part = num;
- if (IS_R_SELECT (p - 1))
- result->l_r_select = 1;
- else if (IS_L_SELECT (p - 1))
- result->l_r_select = 0;
- else
- result->l_r_select = 0;
+ cmpltr = 6;
}
- }
- else
- {
- /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
- is effectively a constant. */
- num = 0;
- name = p;
- c = *p;
- while (is_part_of_name (c))
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
{
- p = p + 1;
- c = *p;
+ cmpltr = 7;
}
- *p = 0;
- if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
+ /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
+ completer. */
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
{
- if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
- num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
- else
- {
- if (print_errors)
- as_bad ("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'.", name);
- num = -1;
- }
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ nullify = 1;
}
else
{
- /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
- or for an empty string. For an empty string we
- will return zero. That's a concession made for
- compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
- if (*name == 0)
- num = 0;
- else
- {
- if (print_errors)
- as_bad ("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'.", name);
- num = -1;
- }
- }
- *p = c;
-
- /* Store info in RESULT if requested by caller. */
- if (result)
- {
- result->number_part = num;
- if (IS_R_SELECT (p - 1))
- result->l_r_select = 1;
- else if (IS_L_SELECT (p - 1))
- result->l_r_select = 0;
- else
- result->l_r_select = 0;
+ cmpltr = -1;
}
+ **s = c;
}
- *s = p;
- return num;
-}
-
-#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof(pre_defined_registers) / sizeof(struct pd_reg))
-
-/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
- the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
-
-static int
-reg_name_search (name)
- char *name;
-{
- int middle, low, high;
- int cmp;
-
- low = 0;
- high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
-
- do
- {
- middle = (low + high) / 2;
- cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
- if (cmp < 0)
- high = middle - 1;
- else if (cmp > 0)
- low = middle + 1;
- else
- return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
- }
- while (low <= high);
-
- return -1;
-}
-
-
-/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
- a new PA-89 opcode. */
+ /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
+ if (nullify)
+ *s = save_s;
-static int
-need_89_opcode (insn, result)
- struct pa_it *insn;
- struct pa_89_fp_reg_struct *result;
-{
- if (result->l_r_select == 1 && !(insn->fpof1 == DBL && insn->fpof2 == DBL))
- return TRUE;
- else
- return FALSE;
+ return cmpltr;
}
-/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
- code associated with the condition. */
+/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
+ number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
static int
-pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
- char **s;
+pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
{
- int cond, i;
-
- cond = 0;
+ int cmpltr;
+ char *name = *s + 1;
+ char c;
+ char *save_s = *s;
+ int nullify = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (**s == ',')
{
- if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
- strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
- {
- cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
- *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
- while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
- *s = *s + 1;
- return cond;
+ *s += 1;
+ while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ *s += 1;
+ c = **s;
+ **s = 0x00;
+
+ if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ }
+ /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
+ completer. */
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ nullify = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cmpltr = -1;
}
+ **s = c;
}
- as_bad ("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %c", **s);
- return 0;
+ /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
+ if (nullify)
+ *s = save_s;
+
+ return cmpltr;
}
-/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
- type. */
+/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
+ encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
-static fp_operand_format
-pa_parse_fp_format (s)
- char **s;
+ Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
+ returned as 8-15. */
+
+static int
+pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
{
- int format;
+ int cmpltr;
+ char *name = *s + 1;
+ char c;
- format = SGL;
+ cmpltr = -1;
if (**s == ',')
{
*s += 1;
- if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
+ while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ *s += 1;
+ c = **s;
+ **s = 0x00;
+
+ if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
{
- format = SGL;
- *s += 4;
+ cmpltr = 0;
}
- else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
{
- format = DBL;
- *s += 4;
+ cmpltr = 1;
}
- else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
{
- format = QUAD;
- *s += 5;
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 8;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 9;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 10;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 11;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 12;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 13;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 14;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 15;
}
else
{
- format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
- as_bad ("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s", *s);
+ cmpltr = -1;
}
+ **s = c;
}
- return format;
+ return cmpltr;
}
-/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
+/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
+ (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
static int
-pa_chk_field_selector (str)
- char **str;
+pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
{
- int middle, low, high;
- int cmp;
- char name[3];
-
- /* Read past any whitespace. */
- /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
- while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
- *str = *str + 1;
-
- if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
- name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
- name[1] = 0;
- else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
- name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
- name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
- name[2] = 0;
- else
- return e_fsel;
-
- low = 0;
- high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
+ int cmpltr;
+ char *name = *s + 1;
+ char c;
- do
+ cmpltr = -1;
+ if (**s == ',')
{
- middle = (low + high) / 2;
- cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
- if (cmp < 0)
- high = middle - 1;
- else if (cmp > 0)
- low = middle + 1;
+ *s += 1;
+ while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ *s += 1;
+ c = **s;
+ **s = 0x00;
+
+ if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ }
else
{
- *str += strlen (name) + 1;
- return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
+ cmpltr = -1;
}
+ **s = c;
}
- while (low <= high);
- return e_fsel;
+ return cmpltr;
}
-/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
+/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
+ (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
static int
-get_expression (str)
- char *str;
+pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
{
- char *save_in;
- asection *seg;
+ int cmpltr;
+ char *name = *s + 1;
+ char c;
+ char *save_s = *s;
+ int nullify = 0;
- save_in = input_line_pointer;
- input_line_pointer = str;
- seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
- if (!(seg == absolute_section
- || seg == undefined_section
- || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (**s == ',')
{
- as_warn ("Bad segment in expression.");
- expr_end = input_line_pointer;
- input_line_pointer = save_in;
- return 1;
+ *s += 1;
+ while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ *s += 1;
+ c = **s;
+ **s = 0x00;
+ if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ }
+ /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
+ completer. */
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ nullify = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cmpltr = -1;
+ }
+ **s = c;
}
- expr_end = input_line_pointer;
- input_line_pointer = save_in;
- return 0;
+
+ /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
+ if (nullify)
+ *s = save_s;
+
+ return cmpltr;
}
-/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
+/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
+ (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
+
static int
-pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
- struct pa_it *insn;
- char **strp;
+pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
{
- char *save_in;
+ int cmpltr;
+ char *name = *s + 1;
+ char c;
+ char *save_s = *s;
+ int nullify = 0;
- insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
- save_in = input_line_pointer;
- input_line_pointer = *strp;
- expression (&insn->exp);
- if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (**s == ',')
{
- as_bad ("Bad segment (should be absolute).");
- expr_end = input_line_pointer;
- input_line_pointer = save_in;
- return 0;
+ *s += 1;
+ while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ *s += 1;
+ c = **s;
+ **s = 0x00;
+ if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ }
+ /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
+ completer. */
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ nullify = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cmpltr = -1;
+ }
+ **s = c;
}
- expr_end = input_line_pointer;
- input_line_pointer = save_in;
- return evaluate_absolute (insn);
+
+ /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
+ if (nullify)
+ *s = save_s;
+
+ return cmpltr;
}
-/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
- the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
+/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
+ encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
+
static int
-evaluate_absolute (insn)
- struct pa_it *insn;
+pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
{
- int value;
- expressionS exp;
- int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
+ int cmpltr;
+ char *name = *s + 1;
+ char c;
+ char *save_s = *s;
+ int nullify = 0;
- exp = insn->exp;
- value = exp.X_add_number;
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (**s == ',')
+ {
+ *s += 1;
+ while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
+ *s += 1;
+ c = **s;
+ **s = 0x00;
+ if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 8;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 9;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 10;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 11;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 12;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 13;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 14;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 15;
+ }
+ /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
+ completer. */
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ nullify = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cmpltr = -1;
+ }
+ **s = c;
+ }
+
+ /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
+ if (nullify)
+ *s = save_s;
+
+ return cmpltr;
+}
+
+/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
+ into the global "the_insn" variable. */
+
+static void
+pa_ip (char *str)
+{
+ char *error_message = "";
+ char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
+ const char *args;
+ int match = FALSE;
+ int comma = 0;
+ int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
+ unsigned long opcode;
+ struct pa_opcode *insn;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
+ /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
+ case. */
+ for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
+ *s = TOLOWER (*s);
+
+ /* Skip to something interesting. */
+ for (s = str;
+ ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
+ ++s)
+ ;
- switch (field_selector)
+ switch (*s)
{
- /* No change. */
- case e_fsel:
- break;
- /* If bit 21 is on then add 0x800 and arithmetic shift right 11 bits. */
- case e_lssel:
- if (value & 0x00000400)
- value += 0x800;
- value = (value & 0xfffff800) >> 11;
+ case '\0':
break;
- /* Sign extend from bit 21. */
- case e_rssel:
- if (value & 0x00000400)
- value |= 0xfffff800;
- else
- value &= 0x7ff;
+ case ',':
+ comma = 1;
+
+ /*FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ case ' ':
+ *s++ = '\0';
break;
- /* Arithmetic shift right 11 bits. */
- case e_lsel:
- value = (value & 0xfffff800) >> 11;
- break;
+ default:
+ as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
+ if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
+ {
+ as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (comma)
+ *--s = ',';
+
+ /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
+ start processing them. */
+ argstart = s;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Do some initialization. */
+ opcode = insn->match;
+ strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
+ memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
+
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
+
+ if (insn->arch >= pa20
+ && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
+ goto failed;
+
+ /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
+ sure that the operands match. */
+ for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
+ {
+ /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
+ while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
+ s++;
+
+ switch (*args)
+ {
+ /* End of arguments. */
+ case '\0':
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ match = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ if (*s == '+')
+ {
+ ++s;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*s == '-')
+ continue;
+ break;
+
+ /* These must match exactly. */
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ case ',':
+ case ' ':
+ if (*s++ == *args)
+ continue;
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
+ case 'b':
+ case '^':
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
+ break;
+ num = pa_number;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
+
+ /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
+ is there. */
+ case '!':
+ /* Skip whitespace before register. */
+ while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
+ s = s + 1;
+
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
+ {
+ s += 4;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
+ {
+ s += 5;
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
+ case 'x':
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
+ break;
+ num = pa_number;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
+ case 't':
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
+ break;
+ num = pa_number;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
+ case 'a':
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
+ break;
+ num = pa_number;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ opcode |= num << 16;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
+ case 'T':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
+ case '5':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
+ match instead of giving an out of range error. */
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
+ num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case 'V':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
+ match instead of giving an out of range error. */
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
+ num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+
+ /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case 'r':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+
+ /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
+ case 'R':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
+
+ /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
+ case 'U':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
+
+ /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
+ case 's':
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
+ break;
+ num = pa_number;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
+
+ /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
+ case 'S':
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
+ break;
+ num = pa_number;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle all completers. */
+ case 'c':
+ switch (*++args)
+ {
+
+ /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
+ case 'X':
+ case 'x':
+ {
+ int uu = 0;
+ int m = 0;
+ int i = 0;
+ while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ uu = 1;
+ m = 1;
+ s++;
+ i++;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
+ m = 1;
+ else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
+ || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
+ uu = 1;
+ else if (strict)
+ {
+ /* This is a match failure. */
+ s--;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
+ s++;
+ i++;
+ }
+ if (i > 2)
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
+ opcode |= m << 5;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
+ case 'M':
+ case 'm':
+ case 'q':
+ case 'J':
+ case 'e':
+ {
+ int a = 0;
+ int m = 0;
+ if (*s == ',')
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ a = 0;
+ m = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ a = 1;
+ m = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else if (strict)
+ /* This is a match failure. */
+ s--;
+ else
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ }
+ /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
+ consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
+ else if (*args == 'e')
+ break;
+
+ /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
+ encode the before/after field. */
+ if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
+ {
+ opcode |= m << 5;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
+ }
+ else if (*args == 'q')
+ {
+ opcode |= m << 3;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
+ }
+ else if (*args == 'J')
+ {
+ /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
+ }
+ else if (*args == 'e')
+ {
+ /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
+ instruction. We will use (and remove it)
+ later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
+ opcode |= a;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a stbys completer. */
+ case 'A':
+ case 's':
+ {
+ int a = 0;
+ int m = 0;
+ int i = 0;
+ while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
+ m = 1;
+ else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
+ || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
+ a = 0;
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
+ a = 1;
+ /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
+ else if (strict)
+ {
+ s--;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
+ s++;
+ i++;
+ }
+ if (i > 2)
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
+ opcode |= m << 5;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
+ case 'c':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
+ {
+ s += 3;
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
+
+ /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
+ case 'C':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
+ {
+ s += 3;
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ }
+ else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
+ {
+ s += 3;
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
+
+ /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
+ case 'd':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
+ {
+ s += 3;
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
+
+ /* Handle load ordering completer. */
+ case 'o':
+ if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
+ break;
+ s += 2;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
+ case 'g':
+ if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
+ break;
+ s += 5;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
+ case 'p':
+ if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
+ break;
+ s += 7;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle a branch link completer. */
+ case 'l':
+ if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
+ break;
+ s += 2;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
+ case 'P':
+ if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
+ break;
+ s += 4;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle a local processor completer. */
+ case 'L':
+ if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
+ break;
+ s += 2;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
+ case 'w':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
+ {
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
+
+ /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
+ case 'W':
+ if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
+ break;
+ s += 2;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
+ case 'r':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
+ {
+ flag = 5;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
+
+ /* Handle a system control completer. */
+ case 'Z':
+ if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ flag = 0;
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
+
+ /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
+ case 'i':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
+
+ /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
+ case 'z':
+ flag = 1;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
+ {
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
+
+ /* Handle add completer. */
+ case 'a':
+ flag = 1;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
+ {
+ flag = 2;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
+ {
+ flag = 3;
+ s += 4;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
+
+ /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
+ case 'Y':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
+ !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 7;
+ }
+ else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
+ {
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
+
+ /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
+ case 'y':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
+ !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 6;
+ }
+ else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
+ {
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
+
+ /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
+ case 'v':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 4;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
+
+ /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
+ case 't':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
+ !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 7;
+ }
+ else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
+ {
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
+
+ /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
+ case 'B':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
+ !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 7;
+ }
+ else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
+ {
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
+
+ /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
+ case 'b':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
+ !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 6;
+ }
+ else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
+ {
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
+
+ /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
+ case 'T':
+ flag = 0;
+ if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
+ {
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
+
+ /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
+ case 'S':
+ {
+ int sign = 1;
+ if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ sign = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ sign = 0;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
+ case 'h':
+ if (*s++ == ',')
+ {
+ int lr = 0;
+ if (*s == 'r')
+ lr = 2;
+ else if (*s == 'l')
+ lr = 0;
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
+
+ s++;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
+ case 'H':
+ {
+ int sat = 3;
+ if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ sat = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ sat = 0;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle permutation completer. */
+ case '*':
+ if (*s++ == ',')
+ {
+ int permloc[4];
+ int perm = 0;
+ int i = 0;
+ permloc[0] = 13;
+ permloc[1] = 10;
+ permloc[2] = 8;
+ permloc[3] = 6;
+ for (; i < 4; i++)
+ {
+ switch (*s++)
+ {
+ case '0':
+ perm = 0;
+ break;
+ case '1':
+ perm = 1;
+ break;
+ case '2':
+ perm = 2;
+ break;
+ case '3':
+ perm = 3;
+ break;
+ default:
+ as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
+ }
+ opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle all conditions. */
+ case '?':
+ {
+ args++;
+ switch (*args)
+ {
+ /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
+ case 'f':
+ cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
+
+ /* Handle an add condition. */
+ case 'A':
+ case 'a':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ flag = 0;
+ if (*s == ',')
+ {
+ s++;
+
+ /* 64 bit conditions. */
+ if (*args == 'A')
+ {
+ if (*s == '*')
+ s++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (*s == '*')
+ break;
+
+ name = s;
+ while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
+ s += 1;
+ c = *s;
+ *s = 0x00;
+ if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
+ else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
+ *s = c;
+ }
+ opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
+
+ /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
+ case 'd':
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr < 0)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+
+ /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
+ case 'W':
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr < 0)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
+ opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
+
+ /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
+ condition. */
+ case '@':
+ save_s = s;
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr < 0)
+ {
+ s = save_s;
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr < 0)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
+ opcode |= 1 << 27;
+ }
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+
+ /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
+ case 'B':
+ case 'b':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (*s == ',')
+ {
+ s++;
+
+ if (*args == 'B')
+ {
+ if (*s == '*')
+ s++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (*s == '*')
+ break;
+
+ if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ s++;
+ }
+ else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
+
+ /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
+ case 'S':
+ case 's':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ flag = 0;
+ if (*s == ',')
+ {
+ s++;
+
+ /* 64 bit conditions. */
+ if (*args == 'S')
+ {
+ if (*s == '*')
+ s++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (*s == '*')
+ break;
+
+ name = s;
+ while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
+ s += 1;
+ c = *s;
+ *s = 0x00;
+ if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
+ else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
+ name);
+ *s = c;
+ }
+ opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
+
+ /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
+ case 't':
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr < 0)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+
+ /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
+ case 'n':
+ save_s = s;
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr < 0)
+ {
+ s = save_s;
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr < 0)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
+ opcode |= 1 << 27;
+ }
+ }
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+
+ /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
+ case 'N':
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
+ opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
+ }
+ else
+ /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
+ break;
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
+
+ /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
+ case 'Q':
+ cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
+ if (cmpltr < 0)
+ /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
+ break;
+
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+
+ /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
+ case 'L':
+ case 'l':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ flag = 0;
+ if (*s == ',')
+ {
+ s++;
+
+ /* 64 bit conditions. */
+ if (*args == 'L')
+ {
+ if (*s == '*')
+ s++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (*s == '*')
+ break;
+
+ name = s;
+ while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
+ s += 1;
+ c = *s;
+ *s = 0x00;
+
+ if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ flag = 1;
+ }
+ /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
+ else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
+ *s = c;
+ }
+ opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
+
+ /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
+ case 'X':
+ case 'x':
+ case 'y':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ if (*s == ',')
+ {
+ save_s = s++;
+
+ /* 64 bit conditions. */
+ if (*args == 'X')
+ {
+ if (*s == '*')
+ s++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (*s == '*')
+ break;
+
+ name = s;
+ while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
+ s += 1;
+ c = *s;
+ *s = 0x00;
+ if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
+ This includes moving s back to where it started. */
+ else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
+ {
+ *s = c;
+ s = save_s;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
+ else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
+ *s = c;
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
+
+ /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
+ case 'U':
+ case 'u':
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ flag = 0;
+ if (*s == ',')
+ {
+ s++;
+
+ /* 64 bit conditions. */
+ if (*args == 'U')
+ {
+ if (*s == '*')
+ s++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (*s == '*')
+ break;
+
+ if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 0;
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 2;
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 3;
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 4;
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 6;
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 7;
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ flag = 0;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 1;
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ cmpltr = 5;
+ flag = 1;
+ s += 3;
+ }
+ /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
+ else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
+ }
+ opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
+ case 'n':
+ nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
+
+ /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
+ case 'N':
+ nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
+
+ /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
+ case 'L':
+ if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
+ s += 4;
+ else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
+ s += 4;
+ else
+ break;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
+ are 0..6 inclusive. */
+ case 'h':
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
+ num++;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
+ are 0..6 inclusive. */
+ case 'm':
+ get_expression (s);
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ s = expr_end;
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
+ num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
+ case '=':
+ {
+ num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case 'i':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
+ num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
+ else
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
+ the_insn.format = 11;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case 'J':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ int mb;
+
+ /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
+ for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
+ Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
+ good to rethink this. */
+ mb = opcode & 1;
+ opcode -= mb;
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (mb != (num < 0))
+ break;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
+ num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case 'K':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ int mb;
+
+ mb = opcode & 1;
+ opcode -= mb;
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (mb == (num < 0))
+ break;
+ if (num % 4)
+ break;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
+ num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case '<':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ int mb;
+
+ mb = opcode & 1;
+ opcode -= mb;
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (mb != (num < 0))
+ break;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
+ num = re_assemble_16 (num);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case '>':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ int mb;
+
+ mb = opcode & 1;
+ opcode -= mb;
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (mb == (num < 0))
+ break;
+ if (num % 4)
+ break;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
+ num = re_assemble_16 (num);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
+ case '#':
+ if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
+ break;
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (num & 0x7)
+ break;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
+ if (num < 0)
+ opcode |= 1;
+ num &= 0x1fff;
+ num >>= 3;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
+ else
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
+ the_insn.format = 14;
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
+ case 'd':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (num & 0x3)
+ break;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
+ if (num < 0)
+ opcode |= 1;
+ num &= 0x1fff;
+ num >>= 2;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
+ else
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
+ the_insn.format = 14;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case 'j':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
+ num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
+ else
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
+ the_insn.format = 14;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case 'k':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
+ else
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
+ the_insn.format = 21;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
+ case 'l':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
+ if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
+ else
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
+ the_insn.format = 14;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
+ case 'y':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
+ CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
+ if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
+ else
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
+ the_insn.format = 14;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
+ case '&':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
+ CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
+ if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
+ else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
+ else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
+ else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
+ else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
+ the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
+#endif
+ else
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
+ the_insn.format = 14;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
+ case 'w':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ the_insn.pcrel = 1;
+ if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
+ || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
+ FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (num % 4)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
+ break;
+ }
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
+ num -= 8;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+ the_insn.format = 12;
+ the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
+ memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
+ s = expr_end;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
+ case 'W':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ the_insn.pcrel = 1;
+ if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
+ || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
+ FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (num % 4)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
+ break;
+ }
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
+ num -= 8;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+ the_insn.format = 17;
+ the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
+ memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
+ case 'X':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ the_insn.pcrel = 1;
+ if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
+ || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
+ FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (num % 4)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
+ break;
+ }
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
+ num -= 8;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
+ the_insn.format = 22;
+ the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
+ memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
+ case 'z':
+ the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
+ get_expression (s);
+ s = expr_end;
+ the_insn.pcrel = 0;
+ if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
+ || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
+ FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
+ {
+ num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
+ if (num % 4)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
+ break;
+ }
+ if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
+ num -= 8;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
+ opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
+ the_insn.format = 17;
+ the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
+ memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
+ case 'Z':
+ if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
+ && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
+ {
+ s += 4;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
+ case 'Y':
+ if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
+ break;
+ s += 9;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
+ case '@':
+ if (*s != '0')
+ break;
+ s++;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
+ case '.':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
+
+ /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
+ case '*':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
+ case 'p':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
+
+ /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
+ case '~':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
+ num = 63 - num;
+ opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
+
+ /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
+ case '%':
+ flag = 0;
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
+ num--;
+ opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
+ num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+
+ /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
+ case '|':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
+ num--;
+ opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
+ num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
+ case 'P':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
+
+ /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
+ case 'q':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
+ opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
+
+ /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
+ of the high bit of the immediate. */
+ case 'B':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
+ if (num & 0x20)
+ ;
+ else
+ opcode |= (1 << 13);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
- /* Set bits 0-20 to zero. */
- case e_rsel:
- value = value & 0x7ff;
- break;
+ /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
+ case 'Q':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
- /* Add 0x800 and arithmetic shift right 11 bits. */
- case e_ldsel:
- value += 0x800;
- value = (value & 0xfffff800) >> 11;
- break;
+ /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
+ case '$':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
- /* Set bitgs 0-21 to one. */
- case e_rdsel:
- value |= 0xfffff800;
- break;
+ /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
+ case 'A':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
-#define RSEL_ROUND(c) (((c) + 0x1000) & ~0x1fff)
- case e_rrsel:
- value = (RSEL_ROUND (value) & 0x7ff) + (value - RSEL_ROUND (value));
- break;
+ /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
+ case 'D':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
- case e_lrsel:
- value = (RSEL_ROUND (value) >> 11) & 0x1fffff;
- break;
-#undef RSEL_ROUND
+ /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
+ case 'v':
+ if (*s++ != ',')
+ as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
- default:
- BAD_CASE (field_selector);
- break;
- }
- return value;
-}
+ /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
+ case 'O':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
+ num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
-/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
- argument location number. */
+ /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
+ case 'o':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
-static unsigned int
-pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
- char *type_name;
-{
+ /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
+ case '0':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
+ num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
- if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
- return 0;
- if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
- return 1;
- else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
- return 2;
- else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
- return 3;
- else
- as_bad ("Invalid argument location: %s\n", type_name);
+ /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
+ case '1':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
+ num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
- return 0;
-}
+ /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
+ case 'u':
+ if (*s++ != ',')
+ as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
-/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
- the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
+ /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
+ case '2':
+ num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
+ if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
+ break;
+ s = expr_end;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
+ num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
-static unsigned int
-pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
- unsigned int reg;
- unsigned int arg_reloc;
-{
- unsigned int new_reloc;
+ /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
+ case '{':
+ if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
+ {
+ the_insn.trunc = 1;
+ s += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ the_insn.trunc = 0;
+ flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
+ the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
+ if (flag == W || flag == UW)
+ flag = SGL;
+ if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
+ flag = DBL;
+ if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
+ flag = QUAD;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
- new_reloc = arg_reloc;
- switch (reg)
- {
- case 0:
- new_reloc <<= 8;
- break;
- case 1:
- new_reloc <<= 6;
- break;
- case 2:
- new_reloc <<= 4;
- break;
- case 3:
- new_reloc <<= 2;
- break;
- default:
- as_bad ("Invalid argument description: %d", reg);
- }
+ /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
+ case '_':
+ /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
+ s--;
+ flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
+ the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
+ if (flag == W || flag == UW)
+ flag = SGL;
+ if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
+ flag = DBL;
+ if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
+ flag = QUAD;
+ opcode |= flag << 13;
+ if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
+ || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
+ || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
+ {
+ if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
+ flag = 0;
+ else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
+ flag = 2;
+ else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
+ flag = 6;
+ else
+ abort ();
+ }
+ else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
+ || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
+ || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
+ {
+ if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
+ flag = 1;
+ else
+ abort ();
+ }
+ else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
+ || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
+ || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
+ {
+ if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
+ || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
+ flag = 5;
+ else
+ abort ();
+ }
+ flag |= the_insn.trunc;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
- return new_reloc;
-}
+ /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
+ case 'F':
+ flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
+ the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
-/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
- completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
+ /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
+ case 'G':
+ /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
+ s--;
+ flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
+ the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
-static int
-pa_parse_nullif (s)
- char **s;
-{
- int nullif;
+ /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
+ case 'I':
+ flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
+ the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
- nullif = 0;
- if (**s == ',')
- {
- *s = *s + 1;
- if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
- nullif = 1;
- else
- {
- as_bad ("Invalid Nullification: (%c)", **s);
- nullif = 0;
- }
- *s = *s + 1;
- }
+ /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
+ Only allows single and double precision. */
+ case 'H':
+ flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
+ switch (flag)
+ {
+ case SGL:
+ opcode |= 0x20;
+ case DBL:
+ the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
+ continue;
- return nullif;
-}
+ case QUAD:
+ case ILLEGAL_FMT:
+ default:
+ as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
+ }
+ break;
-/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
- number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
+ /* Handle all floating point registers. */
+ case 'f':
+ switch (*++args)
+ {
+ /* Float target register. */
+ case 't':
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
- ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
- completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
- computational instruction. */
+ /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
+ case 'T':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ opcode |= num;
+
+ /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
+ and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
+ is not necessary for loads/stores. */
+ if (need_pa11_opcode ()
+ && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
+ opcode |= 1 << 27;
-static int
-pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
- char **s;
- int isbranch;
-{
- int cmpltr;
- char *name = *s + 1;
- char c;
- char *save_s = *s;
+ opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
+ continue;
+ }
- cmpltr = 0;
- if (**s == ',')
- {
- *s += 1;
- while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
- *s += 1;
- c = **s;
- **s = 0x00;
- if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 3;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 4;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 5;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 6;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 7;
- }
- /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
- completer. */
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
- {
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- cmpltr = -1;
- }
- **s = c;
- }
+ /* Float operand 1. */
+ case 'a':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ opcode |= num << 21;
+ if (need_pa11_opcode ())
+ {
+ opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
+ opcode |= 1 << 27;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
- /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
- if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
- *s = save_s;
+ /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
+ case 'X':
+ case 'A':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ opcode |= num << 21;
+ opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
+ continue;
+ }
- return cmpltr;
-}
+ /* Float operand 2. */
+ case 'b':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ opcode |= num << 16;
+ if (need_pa11_opcode ())
+ {
+ opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
+ opcode |= 1 << 27;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
-/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
- number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
+ /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
+ case 'B':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ opcode |= num << 16;
+ opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
+ continue;
+ }
- ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
- completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
- computational instruction. */
+ /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
+ case 'C':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
+ opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
+ opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
+ continue;
+ }
-static int
-pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
- char **s;
- int isbranch;
-{
- int cmpltr;
- char *name = *s + 1;
- char c;
- char *save_s = *s;
+ /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
+ case 'i':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
+ {
+ if (num < 16)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
+ break;
+ }
+ num &= 0xF;
+ num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
+ }
- cmpltr = 0;
- if (**s == ',')
- {
- *s += 1;
- while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
- *s += 1;
- c = **s;
- **s = 0x00;
- if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 3;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 4;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 5;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 6;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 7;
- }
- /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
- completer. */
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
- {
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- cmpltr = -1;
- }
- **s = c;
- }
+ /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
+ case 'j':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
+ {
+ if (num < 16)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
+ break;
+ }
+ num &= 0xF;
+ num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
+ }
- /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
- if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
- *s = save_s;
+ /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
+ case 'k':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
+ {
+ if (num < 16)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
+ break;
+ }
+ num &= 0xF;
+ num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
+ }
- return cmpltr;
-}
+ /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
+ case 'l':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
+ {
+ if (num < 16)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
+ break;
+ }
+ num &= 0xF;
+ num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
+ }
-/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
- (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
+ /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
+ case 'm':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
+ {
+ if (num < 16)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
+ break;
+ }
+ num &= 0xF;
+ num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
+ }
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
+ }
- ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
- completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
- computational instruction. */
+ /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
+ case 'E':
+ case 'e':
+ {
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ opcode |= num << 16;
+ if (need_pa11_opcode ())
+ {
+ opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
-static int
-pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
- char **s;
- int isbranch;
-{
- int cmpltr;
- char *name = *s + 1;
- char c;
- char *save_s = *s;
+ /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
+ case 'x':
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
+ break;
+ num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
+ CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
+ INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
- cmpltr = 0;
- if (**s == ',')
- {
- *s += 1;
- while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
- *s += 1;
- c = **s;
- **s = 0x00;
- if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 3;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 4;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 5;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 6;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 7;
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
}
- /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
- completer. */
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
+
+ /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
+ then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
+ for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
+ if (match == TRUE
+ && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
+ && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
{
- cmpltr = 0;
+ as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
+ match = FALSE;
}
- else
+
+ failed:
+ /* Check if the args matched. */
+ if (!match)
{
- cmpltr = -1;
+ if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
+ && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
+ {
+ ++insn;
+ s = argstart;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
+ return;
+ }
}
- **s = c;
+ break;
}
- /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
- if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
- *s = save_s;
-
- return cmpltr;
+ the_insn.opcode = opcode;
}
-/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
- (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
-
- ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
- completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
- computational instruction. */
+/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
-static int
-pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
- char **s;
- int isbranch;
+void
+md_assemble (char *str)
{
- int cmpltr;
- char *name = *s + 1;
- char c;
- char *save_s = *s;
+ char *to;
- cmpltr = 0;
- if (**s == ',')
+ /* The had better be something to assemble. */
+ assert (str);
+
+ /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
+ defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
+ label was defined after the .PROC directive.
+
+ Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
+ for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
+ into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
+ if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
{
- *s += 1;
- while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
- *s += 1;
- c = **s;
- **s = 0x00;
- if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 1;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 2;
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 3;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 4;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 5;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 6;
- }
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
- {
- cmpltr = 7;
- }
- /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
- completer. */
- else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
- {
- cmpltr = 0;
- }
- else
+ label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
+
+ if (label_symbol)
{
- cmpltr = -1;
+ if (label_symbol->lss_label)
+ {
+ last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
+ symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
+ |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
+ information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
+ if (within_entry_exit)
+ {
+ char *where;
+ unsigned int u;
+
+ where = frag_more (0);
+ u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
+ fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
+ NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
+ 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
}
- **s = c;
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
}
- /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
- if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
- *s = save_s;
+ /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
+ pa_ip (str);
- return cmpltr;
+ /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
+ to = frag_more (4);
+
+ /* Output the opcode. */
+ md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
+
+ /* If necessary output more stuff. */
+ if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
+ fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
+ (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
+ the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
+ the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
+ alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
+static void
+pa_align (int bytes)
+{
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+
+ /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
+ s_align_bytes (bytes);
+
+ /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
+ alignment if necessary. */
+ if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
+ record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
}
+#endif
/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_block (z)
- int z;
+pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- char *p;
- long int temp_fill;
unsigned int temp_size;
- int i;
- temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
-
- /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
- temp_fill = 0;
-
- p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
- (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, 1, NULL);
- bzero (p, temp_size);
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
- /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
+ temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
- for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
+ if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
+ temp_size = 0;
+ }
+ else
{
- md_number_to_chars (p + i,
- (valueT) temp_fill,
- (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
+ /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
+ char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
+ *p = 0;
}
pa_undefine_label ();
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
-/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
- about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
- (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
+/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_call (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
+ the beginning and end of branch tables). */
+ char *where = frag_more (0);
+
+ fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
+ NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
+ 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
+ e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
+#endif
+
+ demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
+
+static void
+pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ expressionS exp;
+ char *where = frag_more (0);
+
+ if (! begin)
+ expression (&exp);
+
+ /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
+ the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
+
+ fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
+ NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
+ 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
+ e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
+#endif
+
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
static void
-pa_call_args (call_desc)
- struct call_desc *call_desc;
+pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
{
char *name, c, *p;
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
}
else
{
- as_bad ("Invalid .CALL argument: %s", name);
+ as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
}
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
}
}
+/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
+ about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
+ (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
+
+static void
+pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
+ pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
+ demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
/* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
-static int
-is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
- fragS *frag1;
- fragS *frag2;
+static bfd_boolean
+is_same_frag (fragS *frag1, fragS *frag2)
{
if (frag1 == NULL)
- return (FALSE);
+ return FALSE;
else if (frag2 == NULL)
- return (FALSE);
+ return FALSE;
else if (frag1 == frag2)
- return (TRUE);
+ return TRUE;
else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
else
- return (FALSE);
+ return FALSE;
}
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
-/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
+/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
of the unwind spaces. */
static void
-pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
- struct call_info *call_info;
+pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
{
- char *unwind;
asection *seg, *save_seg;
- subsegT subseg, save_subseg;
- int i;
- char c, *p;
+ subsegT save_subseg;
+ unsigned int unwind;
+ int reloc;
+ char *p;
+ if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
+ & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
+ != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
+ return;
+
+ reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
+ save_seg = now_seg;
+ save_subseg = now_subseg;
/* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
- subseg = SUBSEG_UNWIND;
seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
{
- seg = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
+ seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
- | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC);
+ | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
+ bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
}
- save_seg = now_seg;
- save_subseg = now_subseg;
- subseg_set (seg, subseg);
-
+ subseg_set (seg, 0);
/* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
descriptor. */
- p = frag_more (4);
+ p = frag_more (16);
/* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
+ md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
- (expressionS *) NULL, 0, R_HPPA_UNWIND, e_fsel, 32, 0,
- (char *) 0);
-
- p = frag_more (4);
-
- /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function. */
- fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
+ (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
+ e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
+
+ /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
+
+ Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
+ reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
+ symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
+ value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
+ finished with its work. */
+ md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
+ fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
- (expressionS *) NULL, 0, R_HPPA_UNWIND, e_fsel, 32, 0,
- (char *) 0);
+ (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
+ e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
- /* Dump it. */
- unwind = (char *) &call_info->ci_unwind;
- for (i = 8; i < sizeof (struct unwind_table); i++)
- {
- c = *(unwind + i);
- {
- FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
- }
- }
+ /* Dump the descriptor. */
+ unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
+ md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
+
+ unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
+ md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
/* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
.ENTER and .LEAVE. */
static void
-pa_callinfo (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
char *name, c, *p;
int temp;
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
/* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
if (!within_procedure)
- as_bad (".callinfo is not within a procedure definition");
+ as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
/* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
current procedure. */
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
{
- as_bad ("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n", temp);
+ as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
temp = 0;
}
input_line_pointer++;
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
/* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
- even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
+ even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
- as_bad ("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n");
+ as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
- /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
+ /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
- as_bad ("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n");
+ as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
input_line_pointer++;
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
if (temp != 3)
- as_bad ("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n");
+ as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
}
/* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
}
else
{
- as_bad ("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s", name);
+ as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
*input_line_pointer = c;
}
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
-/* Switch into the code subspace. */
+#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
+/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
+ label when finished. */
static void
-pa_code (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- sd_chain_struct *sdchain;
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
+ current_subspace
+ = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
+#endif
- /* First time through it might be necessary to create the
- $TEXT$ space. */
- if ((sdchain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$")) == NULL)
- {
- sdchain = create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[0].name,
- pa_def_spaces[0].spnum,
- pa_def_spaces[0].loadable,
- pa_def_spaces[0].defined,
- pa_def_spaces[0].private,
- pa_def_spaces[0].sort,
- pa_def_spaces[0].segment, 0);
- }
+ s_text (0);
+ pa_undefine_label ();
+}
- SPACE_DEFINED (sdchain) = 1;
- subseg_set (text_section, SUBSEG_CODE);
- demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
+
+static void
+pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
+ current_subspace
+ = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
+#endif
+ s_data (0);
+ pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
- and subspace. */
+ and subspace.
+
+ Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
+
+ This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
+ on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
+ of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
+ the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
+ a pain.
+
+ This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
static void
-pa_comm (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
unsigned int size;
symbolS *symbol;
if (symbol)
{
- /* It is incorrect to check S_IS_DEFINED at this point as
- the symbol will *always* be defined. FIXME. How to
- correctly determine when this label really as been
- defined before. */
- if (S_GET_VALUE (symbol))
- {
- if (S_GET_VALUE (symbol) != size)
- {
- as_warn ("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %d. Not changed.",
- S_GET_NAME (symbol), S_GET_VALUE (symbol));
- return;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
- S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, &bfd_und_section);
- S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
- }
+ symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
+ S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
+ S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
+ S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
+
+ /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
+ current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
+ fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
+ symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
+#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_end (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
+
static void
-pa_enter (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- abort ();
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
+ as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
+ demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
- procesure. */
+ procedure. */
+
static void
-pa_entry (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
if (!within_procedure)
- as_bad ("Misplaced .entry. Ignored.");
+ as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
else
{
if (!callinfo_found)
- as_bad ("Missing .callinfo.");
+ as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
within_entry_exit = TRUE;
denote the entry and exit points. */
if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
{
- char *where = frag_more (0);
+ char *where;
+ unsigned int u;
+ where = frag_more (0);
+ u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
- last_call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
- 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
- (char *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
+ NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
+ 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
}
#endif
}
+/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
+ being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
+ registers, to get the size of the range. */
+static int fudge_reg_expressions;
+
+int
+hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
+ operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ expressionS *rightP)
+{
+ if (fudge_reg_expressions
+ && rightP->X_op == O_register
+ && resultP->X_op == O_register)
+ {
+ rightP->X_op = O_constant;
+ resultP->X_op = O_constant;
+ }
+ return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
+}
+
/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_equ (reg)
- int reg;
+pa_equ (int reg)
{
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
symbolS *symbol;
{
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
if (reg)
- S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0));
+ {
+ strict = 1;
+ if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
+ as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
+ S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
+ S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
+ }
else
- S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) get_absolute_expression ());
- S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, &bfd_abs_section);
+ {
+ expressionS exp;
+ segT seg;
+
+ fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
+ seg = expression (&exp);
+ fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
+ if (exp.X_op != O_constant
+ && exp.X_op != O_register)
+ {
+ if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
+ as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
+ exp.X_add_number = 0;
+ seg = absolute_section;
+ }
+ S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
+ S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
+ }
}
else
{
if (reg)
- as_bad (".REG must use a label");
+ as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
else
- as_bad (".EQU must use a label");
+ as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
}
pa_undefine_label ();
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
+ the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
+
+static void
+hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
+{
+ /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
+ temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
+ char *name;
+
+ if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We have already warned about a missing label,
+ or other problems. */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
+ + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
+ + 1);
+ if (name)
+ {
+ symbolS *symbolP;
+
+ strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
+ strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
+
+ /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
+ symbol will have already been defined. */
+ symbolP = symbol_find (name);
+ if (symbolP)
+ {
+ /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
+ happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
+
+ This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
+ the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
+ xfree (name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* symbol value should be the offset of the
+ last instruction of the function */
+ symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
+ frag_now);
+
+ assert (symbolP);
+ S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+ symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
+ }
+
+ if (symbolP)
+ last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
+
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
+}
+#endif
+
/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
usually involves creating some relocations or building special
symbols to mark the end of the function. */
static void
-process_exit ()
+process_exit (void)
{
char *where;
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
denote the entry and exit points. */
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
- last_call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
- NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
+ NULL, (offsetT) 0,
+ NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
+ UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
#endif
}
/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_exit (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
if (!within_procedure)
- as_bad (".EXIT must appear within a procedure");
+ as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
else
{
if (!callinfo_found)
- as_bad ("Missing .callinfo");
+ as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
else
{
- if (!within_entry_exit)
- as_bad ("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT");
- else
- {
- within_entry_exit = FALSE;
- process_exit ();
- }
- }
- }
- demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
-}
-
-/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
- and provides information such as argument relocation entries
- to callers. */
-
-static void
-pa_export (unused)
- int unused;
-{
- char *name, c, *p;
- symbolS *symbol;
-
- name = input_line_pointer;
- c = get_symbol_end ();
- /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
- if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
- {
- as_bad ("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n", name);
- p = input_line_pointer;
- *p = c;
- input_line_pointer++;
- }
- else
- {
- /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations. */
- S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
- p = input_line_pointer;
- *p = c;
- if (!is_end_of_statement ())
- {
- input_line_pointer++;
- pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
+ if (!within_entry_exit)
+ as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
+ else
+ {
+ within_entry_exit = FALSE;
+ process_exit ();
+ }
}
}
-
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
- symbolS *symbolP;
- int is_export;
+pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
{
char *name, c, *p;
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
- obj_symbol_type *symbol = (obj_symbol_type *) symbolP->bsym;
+ asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
-
{
input_line_pointer += 8;
- symbolP->bsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
- S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, &bfd_abs_section);
+ bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
+ S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
- if (symbolP->bsym->flags & BSF_FUNCTION)
+ if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
{
if (is_export)
- as_tsktsk ("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s", symbolP->bsym->name);
+ as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
+ S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
- symbolP->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
}
else
{
- symbolP->bsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
}
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 4;
- symbolP->bsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
{
input_line_pointer += 5;
- symbolP->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 9;
- symbolP->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ {
+ elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
+ elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
+ ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
+ STT_PARISC_MILLI);
+ }
+#endif
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 6;
- symbolP->bsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 8;
- symbolP->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 8;
- symbolP->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+ bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
}
than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
to the SOM BFD backend. */
#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
- obj_set_symbol_type (symbolP->bsym, (int) type);
+ obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
#endif
/* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
- symbol->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc |= arg_reloc;
+#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
+ symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
+#endif
*input_line_pointer = c;
}
/* The return value. */
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
- symbol->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc |= arg_reloc;
+#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
+ symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
+#endif
*input_line_pointer = c;
}
- /* Privelege level. */
+ /* Privilege level. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
+#endif
c = get_symbol_end ();
*input_line_pointer = c;
}
else
{
- as_bad ("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s", name);
+ as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
}
}
}
+/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
+ and provides information such as argument relocation entries
+ to callers. */
+
+static void
+pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ char *name, c, *p;
+ symbolS *symbol;
+
+ name = input_line_pointer;
+ c = get_symbol_end ();
+ /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
+ if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
+ p = input_line_pointer;
+ *p = c;
+ input_line_pointer++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
+ For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
+ S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
+ Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
+ set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
+ S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
+ symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
+ p = input_line_pointer;
+ *p = c;
+ if (!is_end_of_statement ())
+ {
+ input_line_pointer++;
+ pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
static void
-pa_import (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
char *name, c, *p;
symbolS *symbol;
}
else
{
- /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
- poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
- the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
+ /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
+ poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
+ the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
if (now_seg == text_section)
- symbol->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+ symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
/* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
- S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, &bfd_und_section);
+ S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
}
}
else
/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_label (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
char *name, c, *p;
}
else
{
- as_warn ("Missing label name on .LABEL");
+ as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
}
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
- as_warn ("extra .LABEL arguments ignored.");
+ as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
ignore_rest_of_line ();
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
static void
-pa_leave (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
+ as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
+ demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
+
+static void
+pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- abort ();
+ char *level;
+
+ level = input_line_pointer;
+ if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ input_line_pointer += 3;
+ if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
+ as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
+ }
+ else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ input_line_pointer += 3;
+ if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
+ as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
+ }
+ else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ input_line_pointer += 4;
+ if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
+ as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
+ }
+ else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
+ {
+ input_line_pointer += 3;
+ if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
+ as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
+ ignore_rest_of_line ();
+ }
+ demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_origin (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
s_org (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
static void
-pa_param (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
char *name, c, *p;
symbolS *symbol;
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
{
- as_bad ("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n", name);
+ as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
}
/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
- of a procedure from a syntatical point of view. */
+ of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
static void
-pa_proc (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
struct call_info *call_info;
- segT seg;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
if (within_procedure)
- as_fatal ("Nested procedures");
+ as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
/* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
callinfo_found = FALSE;
within_procedure = TRUE;
-#if 0
- Enabling this code creates severe problems with GDB. It appears as if
- inserting linker stubs between functions within a single .o makes GDB
- blow chunks.
-
- /* Create a new CODE subspace for each procedure if we are not
- using space/subspace aliases. */
- if (!USE_ALIASES && call_info_root != NULL)
- {
- /* Force creation of a new $CODE$ subspace; inherit attributes from
- the first $CODE$ subspace. */
- seg = subseg_force_new ("$CODE$", 0);
-
- /* Now set the flags. */
- bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
- bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, text_section));
-
- /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
- record_alignment (seg,
- bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, text_section));
-
- /* Change the "text_section" to be our new $CODE$ subspace. */
- text_section = seg;
- subseg_set (text_section, 0);
-
-#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
- /* Need a way to inherit the the access bits, sort key and quadrant
- from the first $CODE$ subspace. FIXME. */
- obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, current_space->sd_seg, 0x2c, 24, 0);
-#endif
- }
-#endif
-
/* Create another call_info structure. */
- call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
+ call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
if (!call_info)
- as_fatal ("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n");
+ as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
- bzero (call_info, sizeof (struct call_info));
+ memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
call_info->ci_next = NULL;
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
{
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
- label_symbol->lss_label->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
-#if 0
- if (! USE_ALIASES)
- {
- /* The label was defined in a different segment. Fix that
- along with the value and associated fragment. */
- S_SET_SEGMENT (last_call_info->start_symbol, now_seg);
- S_SET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol,
- ((char*)obstack_next_free (&frags)
- - frag_now->fr_literal));
- last_call_info->start_symbol->sy_frag = frag_now;
- }
-#endif
+ symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
}
else
- as_bad ("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)");
+ as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
}
else
last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
-/* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
+/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
static void
-pa_procend (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
+ /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
+ defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
+ label was defined after the .PROC directive.
+
+ Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
+ for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
+ into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
+ if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
+ {
+ label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
+
+ if (label_symbol)
+ {
+ if (label_symbol->lss_label)
+ {
+ last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
+ symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
+ |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
+ information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
+ if (within_entry_exit)
+ {
+ char *where;
+ unsigned int u;
+
+ where = frag_more (0);
+ u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
+ fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
+ NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
+ 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
+ }
+ else
+ as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
+ }
if (!within_procedure)
- as_bad ("misplaced .procend");
+ as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
if (!callinfo_found)
- as_bad ("Missing .callinfo for this procedure");
+ as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
if (within_entry_exit)
- as_bad ("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY");
+ as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
/* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
- the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table. */
+ the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
#endif
pa_undefine_label ();
}
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
+ return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
+
+static int
+exact_log2 (int value)
+{
+ int shift = 0;
+
+ while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
+ shift++;
+
+ if (shift >= 32)
+ return -1;
+ else
+ return shift;
+}
+
+/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
+
+static void
+pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
+{
+ if (current_space == NULL)
+ as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
+
+ if (current_subspace == NULL)
+ as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
+}
+
/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
static sd_chain_struct *
-pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
- char *space_name;
- int create_flag;
+pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
{
char *name, *ptemp, c;
char loadable, defined, private, sort;
asection *seg = NULL;
sd_chain_struct *space;
- /* load default values */
+ /* Load default values. */
spnum = 0;
sort = 0;
loadable = TRUE;
if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
{
seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
+ defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
+ private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
+ spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
}
else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
{
seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
+ defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
+ private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
+ spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
}
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
print_errors = FALSE;
ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
/* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
- as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
+ as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
the line should be ignored. */
- if ((spnum = pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0)) >= 0)
- input_line_pointer = ptemp;
+ strict = 0;
+ pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
+ if (pa_number >= 0)
+ {
+ spnum = pa_number;
+ input_line_pointer = ptemp;
+ }
else
{
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
}
else
{
- as_bad ("Invalid .SPACE argument");
+ as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
*input_line_pointer = c;
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
input_line_pointer++;
seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
/* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
- the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
+ the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
an already existing space -- this can only happen for
- the first occurence of a built-in space. */
+ the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
if (create_flag)
space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
private, sort, seg, 1);
SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
- space->sd_seg = seg;
}
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
static void
-pa_space (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
- int temp;
sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
if (within_procedure)
{
- as_bad ("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored");
+ as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
ignore_rest_of_line ();
}
else
/* It could be a space specified by number. */
print_errors = 0;
save_s = input_line_pointer;
- if ((temp = pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) >= 0)
+ strict = 0;
+ pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
+ if (pa_number >= 0)
{
- if (sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (temp))
+ if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
{
current_space = sd_chain;
/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
static void
-pa_spnum (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
char *name;
char c;
md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
}
else
- as_warn ("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0.", name);
+ as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
*input_line_pointer = c;
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
-/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
- return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
-
-static int
-log2 (value)
- int value;
-{
- int shift = 0;
-
- while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
- shift++;
-
- if (shift >= 32)
- return -1;
- else
- return shift;
-}
-
/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
- given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
+ given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
- FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
+ FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
they're broken up into subroutines. */
static void
-pa_subspace (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_subspace (int create_new)
{
- char *name, *ss_name, *alias, c;
- char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
+ char *name, *ss_name, c;
+ char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
sd_chain_struct *space;
ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
asection *section;
+ if (current_space == NULL)
+ as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
+
if (within_procedure)
{
- as_bad ("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored");
+ as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
ignore_rest_of_line ();
}
else
sort = 0;
access = 0x7f;
loadable = 1;
+ comdat = 0;
common = 0;
dup_common = 0;
code_only = 0;
zero = 0;
space_index = ~0;
- alignment = 0;
+ alignment = 1;
quadrant = 0;
- alias = NULL;
space = current_space;
- ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
+ if (create_new)
+ ssd = NULL;
+ else
+ ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
/* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
{
subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
+ current_subspace = ssd;
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
- as_warn ("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified");
+ as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
return;
}
if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
{
loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
+ comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
- if (USE_ALIASES && pa_def_subspaces[i].alias)
- alias = pa_def_subspaces[i].alias;
break;
}
i++;
*input_line_pointer = c;
input_line_pointer++;
alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
- if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
+ if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
{
- as_bad ("Alignment must be a power of 2");
+ as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
alignment = 1;
}
}
*input_line_pointer = c;
loadable = 0;
}
+ else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
+ {
+ *input_line_pointer = c;
+ comdat = 1;
+ }
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
zero = 1;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
- as_bad ("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument");
+ as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
else
- as_bad ("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument");
+ as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
input_line_pointer++;
}
flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
if (code_only)
flags |= SEC_CODE;
- if (common || dup_common)
- flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
+
+ /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
+ common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
+ have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
+ GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
+ are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
+ sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
+ common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
+ correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
+ if (comdat || common || dup_common)
+ flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
+
+ flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
/* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
if (zero)
- flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
+ flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
- flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
applicable &= flags;
- /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
+ /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
segment already associated with the subspace.
FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
- if (ssd)
+ if (create_new)
+ section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
+ else if (ssd)
section = ssd->ssd_seg;
- else if (alias)
- section = subseg_new (alias, 0);
- else if (!alias && USE_ALIASES)
- {
- as_warn ("Ignoring subspace decl due to ELF BFD bugs.");
- demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
- return;
- }
else
section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
+ if (zero)
+ seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
+
/* Now set the flags. */
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
/* Record any alignment request for this section. */
- record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
+ record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
/* Set the starting offset for this section. */
bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
if (ssd)
current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
- code_only, common, dup_common,
- sort, zero, access, space_index,
- alignment, quadrant,
+ code_only, comdat, common,
+ dup_common, sort, zero, access,
+ space_index, alignment, quadrant,
section);
else
current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
- code_only, common,
+ code_only, comdat, common,
dup_common, zero, sort,
access, space_index,
- alignment, quadrant, section);
+ alignment, quadrant, section);
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
}
-
/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
static void
-pa_spaces_begin ()
+pa_spaces_begin (void)
{
int i;
char *name;
/* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
- if (pa_def_spaces[i].alias && USE_ALIASES)
- name = pa_def_spaces[i].alias;
- else
- name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
+ name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
/* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
subsegment number. */
- if (pa_def_subspaces[i].alias && USE_ALIASES)
- {
- name = pa_def_subspaces[i].alias;
- subsegment = pa_def_subspaces[i].subsegment;
- }
- else
- {
- name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
- subsegment = 0;
- }
+ name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
+ subsegment = 0;
/* Create the new section. */
segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
-
/* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
- sections with our own. */
- if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$") && !USE_ALIASES)
+ sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
+ all the built-in subspaces. */
+ if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
{
text_section = segment;
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
- bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, text_section,
+ bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
}
- else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$") && !USE_ALIASES)
+ else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
{
data_section = segment;
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
- bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, data_section,
+ bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
-
}
- else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$") && !USE_ALIASES)
+ else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
{
bss_section = segment;
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
- bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, bss_section,
+ bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
}
+ else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
+ {
+ applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
+ bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
+ applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_RELOC
+ | SEC_READONLY
+ | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
+ }
+ else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
+ {
+ applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
+ bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
+ applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_RELOC
+ | SEC_READONLY
+ | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
+ }
+ else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
+ {
+ applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
+ bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
+ applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_RELOC
+ | SEC_READONLY
+ | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
+ }
/* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
def_space_index].segment);
if (space == NULL)
{
- as_fatal ("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s.",
+ as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
}
create_new_subspace (space, name,
pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
+ pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
}
}
-
-
/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
by the given parameters. */
static sd_chain_struct *
-create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
- sort, seg, user_defined)
- char *name;
- int spnum;
- char loadable;
- char defined;
- char private;
- char sort;
- asection *seg;
- int user_defined;
+create_new_space (char *name,
+ int spnum,
+ int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int defined,
+ int private,
+ int sort,
+ asection *seg,
+ int user_defined)
{
sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
- chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
+ chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
if (!chain_entry)
- as_fatal ("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n",
+ as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
name);
- SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
+ SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
+ chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
/* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
order as defined by the SORT entries. */
static ssd_chain_struct *
-create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
- dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
- alignment, quadrant, seg)
- sd_chain_struct *space;
- char *name;
- char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
- char sort;
- int access;
- int space_index;
- int alignment;
- int quadrant;
- asection *seg;
+create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
+ char *name,
+ int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int comdat,
+ int common,
+ int dup_common,
+ int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int sort,
+ int access,
+ int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int quadrant,
+ asection *seg)
{
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
- chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
+ chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
if (!chain_entry)
- as_fatal ("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n", name);
+ as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
- SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
+ SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
/* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
- chain_entry->ssd_subseg = USE_ALIASES ? pa_next_subseg (space) : 0;
+ chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
}
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
- obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
- sort, quadrant);
+ obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
+ quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
#endif
return chain_entry;
various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
static ssd_chain_struct *
-update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
- zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
- sd_chain_struct *space;
- char *name;
- char loadable;
- char code_only;
- char common;
- char dup_common;
- char zero;
- char sort;
- int access;
- int space_index;
- int alignment;
- int quadrant;
- asection *section;
+update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
+ char *name,
+ int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int comdat,
+ int common,
+ int dup_common,
+ int sort,
+ int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int access,
+ int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ int quadrant,
+ asection *section)
{
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
- obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
- sort, quadrant);
+ obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
+ quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
#endif
return chain_entry;
NULL if no such space exists. */
static sd_chain_struct *
-is_defined_space (name)
- char *name;
+is_defined_space (char *name)
{
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
chain_pointer;
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
- {
- if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
- return chain_pointer;
- }
+ if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
+ return chain_pointer;
/* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
return NULL;
}
-/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
+/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
static sd_chain_struct *
-pa_segment_to_space (seg)
- asection *seg;
+pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
{
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
space_chain;
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
- {
- if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
- return space_chain;
- }
+ if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
+ return space_chain;
/* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
return NULL;
}
-/* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
- NULL if no such subspace exists.
+/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
+ NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
+
+ When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
+ the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
+ For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
+ COMDAT data.
Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
own subspace. */
static ssd_chain_struct *
-is_defined_subspace (name)
- char *name;
+is_defined_subspace (char *name)
{
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
- If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
+ If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
(to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
to become more efficient. */
static ssd_chain_struct *
-pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
- asection *seg;
- subsegT subseg;
+pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
{
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
return NULL;
}
-/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
+/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
that was found or NULL on failure. */
static sd_chain_struct *
-pa_find_space_by_number (number)
- int number;
+pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
{
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
space_chain;
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
{
- if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == number)
+ if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
return space_chain;
}
address is unknown then return zero. */
static unsigned int
-pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
- sd_chain_struct *space;
- int quadrant;
+pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
{
/* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
return 0x40000000;
else
return 0;
+ return 0;
}
+#endif
-/* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
-static int
-pa_next_subseg (space)
- sd_chain_struct *space;
-{
-
- space->sd_last_subseg++;
- return space->sd_last_subseg;
-}
-
-/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
+/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
a string. */
static unsigned int
-pa_stringer_aux (s)
- char *s;
+pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
{
unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
+
switch (c)
{
case '\"':
/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_stringer (append_zero)
- int append_zero;
+pa_stringer (int append_zero)
{
char *s, num_buf[4];
unsigned int c;
int i;
/* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
- For example, \xDD where DD is a hexidecimal number should be
+ For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
/* Skip the opening quote. */
s = input_line_pointer + 1;
char dg;
char *s_start = s;
- /* Get pas the 'x'. */
+ /* Get past the 'x'. */
s++;
for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
num_digit < 2
- && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
+ && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
|| (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
num_digit++)
{
- if (isdigit (dg))
+ if (ISDIGIT (dg))
number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
}
}
}
- stringer (append_zero);
+ stringer (8 + append_zero);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_version (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
obj_version (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
-/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+
+/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_copyright (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- obj_copyright (0);
+ obj_som_compiler (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
-/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
- the latest space label. */
+#endif
+
+/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
static void
-pa_cons (nbytes)
- int nbytes;
+pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- cons (nbytes);
+ obj_copyright (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
-/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
+/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
+ the latest space label. */
static void
-pa_data (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_cons (int nbytes)
{
- s_data (0);
+ cons (nbytes);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
static void
-pa_float_cons (float_type)
- int float_type;
+pa_float_cons (int float_type)
{
float_cons (float_type);
pa_undefine_label ();
/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
static void
-pa_fill (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
s_fill (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
static void
-pa_lcomm (needs_align)
- int needs_align;
+pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
s_lcomm (needs_align);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
static void
-pa_lsym (unused)
- int unused;
+pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
+ pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
+#endif
+
s_lsym (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
-/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
- label when finished. */
-static void
-pa_text (unused)
- int unused;
+/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
+ set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
+
+void
+md_begin (void)
{
- s_text (0);
- pa_undefine_label ();
+ const char *retval = NULL;
+ int lose = 0;
+ unsigned int i = 0;
+
+ last_call_info = NULL;
+ call_info_root = NULL;
+
+ /* Set the default machine type. */
+ if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
+ as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
+
+ /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
+ Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
+ if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
+ {
+ as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
+ flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
+ }
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ pa_spaces_begin ();
+#endif
+
+ op_hash = hash_new ();
+
+ while (i < NUMOPCODES)
+ {
+ const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
+
+ retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
+ if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
+ {
+ as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
+ lose = 1;
+ }
+
+ do
+ {
+ if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
+ != pa_opcodes[i].match)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
+ pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
+ lose = 1;
+ }
+ ++i;
+ }
+ while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
+ }
+
+ if (lose)
+ as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
+ anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
+ subseg_set (text_section, 0);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
+ S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
+ /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
+ (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
+#endif
}
-/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
+/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
- FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32 bits
- wide. Helps with code lables in arrays for SOM. (SOM BFD code
- needs to generate relocations to push the addend and symbol value
- onto the stack, add them, then pop the value off the stack and
- use it in a relocation -- yuk. */
+ "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
+ globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
+ an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
+ the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
+ with the address of "foo").
+
+ Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
+ when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
+ $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
+
+ The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
+ any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
+ selectors).
+
+ ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
+ reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
int
-hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
- fixS *fixp;
+hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
{
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ reloc_type code;
+#endif
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
- if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
+ types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
+ even if they occur with a different selector. */
+ code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
+ hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
+ hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
+
+ switch (code)
+ {
+ /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
+ case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
+ case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
+ case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
+ case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
+
+ /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
+ case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
+ case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
+ case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
+ case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
+ case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
+ case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
+ case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
+ case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
+ case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
+ case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
+ case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
+ case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
+ case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
+
+ /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
+ case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
+ case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
+ return 0;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
+ the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
+
+ XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
+ for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
+ supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
+ if (fixp->fx_addsy
+ && fixp->fx_subsy
+ && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
return 0;
- if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0
- || (fixp->fx_addsy->bsym->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) == 0)
- return 1;
+ /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
+
+ If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
+ adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
+ the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
+ but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
+ "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
+ addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
+ it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
+ sum to the right value.
+
+ eg. Suppose we have
+ . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
+ . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
+ . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
+
+ If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
+ reducing to the section symbol we get
+ . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
+ . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
+ . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
+ and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
+ multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
+
+ In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
+ will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
+ addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
+ linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
+ above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
+
+ if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
+ || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
+ || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
+ return 0;
- return 0;
+ /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
+ relocations with plabels. */
+ if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
+ || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
+ || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
+ || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
+ || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
+ || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
+ if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
+ if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
+ return 0;
+
+ return 1;
}
/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
within GAS. */
int
-hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
- fixS *fixp;
+hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
{
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
- if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY || fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT)
+ if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
+ || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
+ || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
+ || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
+ || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
+ || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
+ || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
+ && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
+ return 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
+ || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
return 1;
#endif
-#define stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
- ((CALLEE) && (CALLER) && ((CALLEE) != (CALLER)))
+ assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
+
+ /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
+ linking works. */
+ if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
+ return 1;
/* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
- entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
- call stub. FIXME. Can't we need the same for absolute calls? */
- if (fixp->fx_pcrel && fixp->fx_addsy
- && (stub_needed (((obj_symbol_type *)
- fixp->fx_addsy->bsym)->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc,
- hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)))
+ entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
+ call stub. */
+ if (fixp->fx_pcrel
+ && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
+ hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
+ return 1;
+
+ /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
+ if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
+ {
+ long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
+ valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
+
+ distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
+
+ /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
+ but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
+ min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ if (last_call_info != NULL)
+ min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
+#endif
+
+ if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
+ && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
+ || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
+ && distance + 262144 >= 524288
+ && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
+ || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
+ && distance + 8192 >= 16384
+ && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
+ )
return 1;
+ }
-#undef stub_needed
+ if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
+ return 1;
/* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
return 0;
/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
-static symext_chainS *symext_rootP;
-static symext_chainS *symext_lastP;
+/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
+ field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
+ call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
+ difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
-/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
- the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
+void
+elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
+{
+ struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
+
+ for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
+ call_info_pointer;
+ call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
+ {
+ elf_symbol_type *esym
+ = ((elf_symbol_type *)
+ symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
+ esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
+ S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
+ - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
+ }
+}
static void
-hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
+pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
- temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
- char *name = (char *)
- xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_") +
- strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol)) + 1);
+ struct fix *new_fix;
- if (name)
- {
- symbolS *symbolP;
-
- strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
- strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
-
- /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
- symbol will have already been defined. */
- symbolP = symbol_find (name);
- if (symbolP)
- {
- /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
- happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
-
- This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
- the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
- xfree (name);
- }
- else
- {
- /* symbol value should be the offset of the
- last instruction of the function */
- symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
- (valueT) (obstack_next_free (&frags)
- - frag_now->fr_literal - 4),
- frag_now);
-
- assert (symbolP);
- symbolP->bsym->flags = BSF_LOCAL;
- symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
- }
+ new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
- if (symbolP)
- last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
- else
- as_bad ("Symbol '%s' could not be created.", name);
-
+ if (new_fix)
+ {
+ struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
+
+ hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
+ hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
+ hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
+ hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
+ hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
+ new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
+ new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
}
- else
- as_bad ("No memory for symbol name.");
-
}
-/* Do any symbol processing requested by the target-cpu or target-format. */
-
-void
-hppa_tc_symbol (abfd, symbolP, sym_idx)
- bfd *abfd;
- elf_symbol_type *symbolP;
- int sym_idx;
+static void
+pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- /* Just call the ELF BFD routine. */
- elf_hppa_tc_symbol (abfd, symbolP, sym_idx, &symext_rootP, &symext_lastP);
+ struct fix *new_fix;
+
+ new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
+
+ if (new_fix)
+ {
+ struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
+
+ hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
+ hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
+ hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
+ hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
+ hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
+ new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
+ new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
+ }
}
+#endif
+
+/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
+ are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
+ dependent tables? */
+const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+ /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
+ not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ {"align", pa_align, 8},
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
+#endif
+ {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
+ {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
+ {"block", pa_block, 1},
+ {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
+ {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
+ {"call", pa_call, 0},
+ {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
+#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
+ {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
+#else
+ {"code", pa_text, 0},
+ {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
+#endif
+ {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
+#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
+ {"data", pa_data, 0},
+#endif
+ {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
+ {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
+ {"end", pa_end, 0},
+ {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
+#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
+ {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
+#endif
+ {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
+ {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
+ {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
+ {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
+ {"export", pa_export, 0},
+ {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
+ {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
+ {"half", pa_cons, 2},
+ {"import", pa_import, 0},
+ {"int", pa_cons, 4},
+ {"label", pa_label, 0},
+ {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
+ {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
+ {"level", pa_level, 0},
+ {"long", pa_cons, 4},
+ {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
+#endif
+ {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
+ {"org", pa_origin, 0},
+ {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
+ {"param", pa_param, 0},
+ {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
+ {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
+ {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
+ {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
+ {"short", pa_cons, 2},
+ {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ {"space", pa_space, 0},
+ {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
+#endif
+ {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
+ {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
+#ifdef OBJ_SOM
+ {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
+#endif
+#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
+ {"text", pa_text, 0},
+#endif
+ {"version", pa_version, 0},
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+ {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
+ {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
+#endif
+ {"word", pa_cons, 4},
+ {NULL, 0, 0}
+};
-/* Make sections needed by the target cpu and/or target format. */
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
void
-hppa_tc_make_sections (abfd)
- bfd *abfd;
+hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
{
- /* Just call the ELF BFD routine. */
- elf_hppa_tc_make_sections (abfd, symext_rootP);
+ cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
}
-/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
- field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
- call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
- difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
-
-void
-elf_hppa_final_processing ()
+int
+hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
{
- struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
+ unsigned int regnum = -1;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *p;
+ char *q;
+ static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
+ {
+ { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
+ };
- for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
- call_info_pointer;
- call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
+ if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
+ return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
+
+ if (regname[0] == 'r')
{
- elf_symbol_type *esym
- = (elf_symbol_type *) call_info_pointer->start_symbol->bsym;
- esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
- S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
- - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
+ p = regname + 1;
+ regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
+ if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
+ {
+ p = regname + 2;
+ regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
+ if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
+ return -1;
+ regnum += 32 - 4;
}
+ return regnum;
}
#endif
projects / binutils-gdb.git / blobdiff